annotate man/texinfo.tex @ 71948:df5c12c54d24

(Processing of Errors): Add command-error-function.
author Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
date Mon, 17 Jul 2006 21:07:20 +0000
parents cf0c35ec7c54
children 5e59478af974 138ce2701550
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1 % texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3 % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4 \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5 %
71493
cf0c35ec7c54 autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 71093
diff changeset
6 \def\texinfoversion{2006-06-19.13}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
8 % Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
9 % 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
10 % Software Foundation, Inc.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
11 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
12 % This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
13 % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
14 % published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
15 % your option) any later version.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
16 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
17 % This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
18 % useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
19 % of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
20 % General Public License for more details.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
21 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
22 % You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
23 % along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write
64083
23a17af379b1 Update FSF's address.
Lute Kamstra <lute@gnu.org>
parents: 59986
diff changeset
24 % to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
23a17af379b1 Update FSF's address.
Lute Kamstra <lute@gnu.org>
parents: 59986
diff changeset
25 % Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
26 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
27 % As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
28 % a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
29 % restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
30 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
31 % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
32 % reports; you can get the latest version from:
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
33 % http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
34 % ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
35 % (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
36 % The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
37 % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
38 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
39 % Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
40 % complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
41 % problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
42 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
43 % To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
44 % texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
45 % manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
46 % tex foo.texi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
47 % texindex foo.??
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
48 % tex foo.texi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
49 % tex foo.texi
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
50 % dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
51 % The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
52 % Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
53 % than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
54 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
55 % It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
56 % extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
57 % full Texinfo distribution.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
58 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
59 % The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
60
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
61
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
62 \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
63
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
64 % If in a .fmt file, print the version number
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
65 % and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
66 % they might have appeared in the input file name.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
67 \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
68 \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
69
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
70 \message{Basics,}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
71 \chardef\other=12
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
72
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
73 % We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
74 % For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
75 \let\+ = \relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
76
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
77 % Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
78 \let\ptexb=\b
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
79 \let\ptexbullet=\bullet
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
80 \let\ptexc=\c
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
81 \let\ptexcomma=\,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
82 \let\ptexdot=\.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
83 \let\ptexdots=\dots
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
84 \let\ptexend=\end
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
85 \let\ptexequiv=\equiv
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
86 \let\ptexexclam=\!
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
87 \let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
88 \let\ptexgtr=>
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
89 \let\ptexhat=^
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
90 \let\ptexi=\i
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
91 \let\ptexindent=\indent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
92 \let\ptexinsert=\insert
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
93 \let\ptexlbrace=\{
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
94 \let\ptexless=<
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
95 \let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
96 \let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
97 \let\ptexplus=+
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
98 \let\ptexrbrace=\}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
99 \let\ptexslash=\/
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
100 \let\ptexstar=\*
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
101 \let\ptext=\t
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
102
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
103 % If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
104 % starts a new line in the output.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
105 \newlinechar = `^^J
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
106
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
107 % Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
108 % messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
109 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
110 \ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
111 \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
112 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
113 \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
114 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
115
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
116 % Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
117 \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
118 \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
119 \ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
120 \ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
121 \ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
122 \ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
123 \ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
124 \ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
125 \ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
126 \ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
127 \ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
128 \ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
129 \ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
130 \ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
131 \ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
132 \ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
133 \ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
134 \ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
135 \ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
136 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
137 \ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
138 \ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
139 \ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
140 \ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
141 \ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
142 \ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
143 \ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
144 \ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
145 \ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
146 \ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
147 \ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
148 \ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
149 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
150 \ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
151 \ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
152 \ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
153 \ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
154 \ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
155
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
156 % Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
157 \chardef\spacecat = 10
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
158 \def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
159
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
160 % Ignore a token.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
161 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
162 \def\gobble#1{}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
163
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
164 % The following is used inside several \edef's.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
165 \def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
166
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
167 % Hyphenation fixes.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
168 \hyphenation{
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
169 Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
170 ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
171 data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
172 man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
173 par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
174 spell-ing spell-ings
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
175 stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
176 wide-spread wrap-around
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
177 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
178
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
179 % Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
180 \newdimen\bindingoffset
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
181 \newdimen\normaloffset
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
182 \newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
183
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
184 % For a final copy, take out the rectangles
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
185 % that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
186 % that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
187 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
188 \def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
189
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
190 % @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
191 % surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
192 % change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
193 % have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
194 % vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
195 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
196 \def\|{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
197 % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
198 \leavevmode
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
199 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
200 % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
201 \vadjust{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
202 % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
203 % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
204 \vskip-\baselineskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
205 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
206 % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
207 % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
208 \llap{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
209 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
210 % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
211 \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
212 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
213 % This is the space between the bar and the text.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
214 \hskip 12pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
215 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
216 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
217 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
218
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
219 % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
220 % and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here,
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
221 % since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
222 % some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
223 % file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
224 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
225 \def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
226 \def\loggingall{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
227 \tracingstats2
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
228 \tracingpages1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
229 \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
230 \tracingparagraphs1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
231 \tracingoutput1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
232 \tracingmacros2
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
233 \tracingrestores1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
234 \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
235 \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
236 \tracingscantokens1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
237 \tracingifs1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
238 \tracinggroups1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
239 \tracingnesting2
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
240 \tracingassigns1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
241 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
242 \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
243 \errorcontextlines16
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
244 }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
245
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
246 % add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
247 % we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
248 %
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
249 \def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
250 \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
251 \def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
252 \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
253 \def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
254 \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
255
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
256 % For @cropmarks command.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
257 % Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
258 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
259 \newif\ifcropmarks
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
260 \let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
261 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
262 % Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
263 % Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
264 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
265 \newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
266 \newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
267 \newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
268 \newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
269
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
270 % Main output routine.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
271 \chardef\PAGE = 255
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
272 \output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
273
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
274 \newbox\headlinebox
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
275 \newbox\footlinebox
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
276
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
277 % \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
278 % does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
279 \def\onepageout#1{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
280 \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
281 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
282 \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
283 \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
284 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
285 % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
286 % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
287 \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
288 \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
289 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
290 {%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
291 % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
292 % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
293 % before the \shipout runs.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
294 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
295 \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
296 \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
297 % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
298 % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
299 % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
300 % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
301 % it needs to be
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
302 % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
303 \shipout\vbox{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
304 % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
305 \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
306 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
307 \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
308 \hsize = \outerhsize
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
309 \vskip-\topandbottommargin
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
310 \vtop to0pt{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
311 \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
312 \nointerlineskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
313 \line{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
314 \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
315 \hfill
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
316 \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
317 }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
318 \vss}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
319 \vskip\topandbottommargin
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
320 \line\bgroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
321 \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
322 \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
323 \vbox\bgroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
324 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
325 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
326 \unvbox\headlinebox
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
327 \pagebody{#1}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
328 \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
329 % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
330 % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
331 % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
332 \vskip 2\baselineskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
333 \unvbox\footlinebox
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
334 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
335 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
336 \ifcropmarks
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
337 \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
338 \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
339 \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
340 \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
341 \vbox to0pt{\vss
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
342 \line{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
343 \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
344 \hfill
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
345 \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
346 }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
347 \nointerlineskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
348 \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
349 }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
350 \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
351 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
352 }% end of \shipout\vbox
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
353 }% end of group with \indexdummies
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
354 \advancepageno
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
355 \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
356 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
357
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
358 \newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
359
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
360 \def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
361 {\catcode`\@ =11
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
362 \gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
363 % marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
364 \ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
365 \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
366 \dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
367 \ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
368 \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
369 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
370
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
371 % Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
372 % offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
373 % (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
374 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
375 \def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
376 \def\nstop{\vbox
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
377 {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
378 \def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
379 \def\nsbot{\vbox
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
380 {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
381
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
382 % Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
383 % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
384 % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
385 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
386 \def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
387 \def\parseargusing#1#2{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
388 \def\argtorun{#2}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
389 \begingroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
390 \obeylines
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
391 \spaceisspace
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
392 #1%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
393 \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
394 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
395
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
396 {\obeylines %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
397 \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
398 \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
399 \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
400 }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
401 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
402
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
403 % First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
404 \def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
405 \def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
406
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
407 % Each occurence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
408 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
409 % \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
410 % @end itemize @c foo
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
411 % This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
412 % by \finishparsearg.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
413 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
414 \def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
415 \def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
416 \def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
417 \def\temp{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
418 \ifx\temp\empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
419 % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
420 \let\temp\finishparsearg
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
421 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
422 \let\temp\argcheckspaces
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
423 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
424 % Put the space token in:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
425 \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
426 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
427
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
428 % If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
429 % to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
430 % We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
431 % just before passing the control to \argtorun.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
432 % (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
433 % either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
434 % that a pair of braces would be stripped.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
435 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
436 % But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
437 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
438 \def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
439
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
440 % \parseargdef\foo{...}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
441 % is roughly equivalent to
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
442 % \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
443 % \def\Xfoo#1{...}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
444 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
445 % Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
446 % favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
447
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
448 \def\parseargdef#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
449 \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
450 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
451 \def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
452 \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
453 \def#1##1%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
454 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
455
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
456 % Several utility definitions with active space:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
457 {
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
458 \obeyspaces
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
459 \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
460
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
461 % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
462 % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
463 % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
464 % should produce a line of output anyway.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
465 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
466 \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
467
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
468 % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
469 % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
470 % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
471 \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
472 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
473
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
474
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
475 \def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
476
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
477 % Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
478 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
479 % \envdef\foo{...}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
480 % \def\Efoo{...}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
481 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
482 % It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
483 % actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
484 % defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
485 % whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
486 % used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
487 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
488 % Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
489 % are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group. (The
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
490 % implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
491 % special case.)
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
492
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
493
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
494 % At runtime, environments start with this:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
495 \def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
496 % initialize
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
497 \let\thisenv\empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
498
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
499 % ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
500 \long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
501 \def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
502
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
503 % Check whether we're in the right environment:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
504 \def\checkenv#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
505 \def\temp{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
506 \ifx\thisenv\temp
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
507 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
508 \badenverr
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
509 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
510 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
511
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
512 % Evironment mismatch, #1 expected:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
513 \def\badenverr{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
514 \errhelp = \EMsimple
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
515 \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
516 not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
517 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
518 \def\inenvironment#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
519 \ifx#1\empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
520 out of any environment%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
521 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
522 in environment \expandafter\string#1%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
523 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
524 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
525
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
526 % @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
527 % But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
528 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
529 \parseargdef\end{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
530 \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
531 \else
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
532 % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
533 \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
534 \csname E#1\endcsname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
535 \endgroup
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
536 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
537 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
538
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
539 \newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
540
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
541
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
542 %% Simple single-character @ commands
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
543
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
544 % @@ prints an @
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
545 % Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
546 \def\@{{\tt\char64}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
547
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
548 % This is turned off because it was never documented
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
549 % and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
550 %% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
551 %% but suppressing ligatures.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
552 %\def\`{{`}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
553 %\def\'{{'}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
554
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
555 % Used to generate quoted braces.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
556 \def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
557 \def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
558 \let\{=\mylbrace
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
559 \let\}=\myrbrace
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
560 \begingroup
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
561 % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
562 % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
563 \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
564 \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
565 \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
566 !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
567 !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
568 !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
569 !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
570 !endgroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
571
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
572 % @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
573 \let\comma = ,
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
574
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
575 % Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
576 % Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
577 \let\, = \c
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
578 \let\dotaccent = \.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
579 \def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
580 \let\tieaccent = \t
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
581 \let\ubaraccent = \b
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
582 \let\udotaccent = \d
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
583
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
584 % Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
585 % Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
586 \def\questiondown{?`}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
587 \def\exclamdown{!`}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
588 \def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
589 \def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
590
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
591 % Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
592 \def\imacro{i}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
593 \def\jmacro{j}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
594 \def\dotless#1{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
595 \def\temp{#1}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
596 \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
597 \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
598 \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
599 \fi\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
600 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
601
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
602 % The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
603 % period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.)
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
604 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
605 \edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
606
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
607 % @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
608 % latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
609 % convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
610 % the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
611 % \scriptscriptstyle).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
612 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
613 \def\LaTeX{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
614 L\kern-.36em
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
615 {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
616 \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
617 \kern-.15em
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
618 \TeX
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
619 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
620
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
621 % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
622 % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
623 % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
624 % since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
625 % penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
626 {\catcode`@ = 11
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
627 % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
628 % if the definition is written into an index file.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
629 \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
630 \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
631 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
632
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
633 % @: forces normal size whitespace following.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
634 \def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
635
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
636 % @* forces a line break.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
637 \def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
638
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
639 % @/ allows a line break.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
640 \let\/=\allowbreak
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
641
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
642 % @. is an end-of-sentence period.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
643 \def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
644
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
645 % @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
646 \def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
647
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
648 % @? is an end-of-sentence query.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
649 \def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
650
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
651 % @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
652 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
653 \def\onword{on}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
654 \def\offword{off}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
655 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
656 \parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
657 \def\temp{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
658 \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
659 \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
660 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
661 \errhelp = \EMsimple
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
662 \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
663 \fi\fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
664 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
665
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
666 % @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
667 % beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
668 % produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
669 \def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
670
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
671 % @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
672 % it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
673 % to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
674 % \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
675 % max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
676 % therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
677 % the text is small, which looks bad.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
678 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
679 % Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
680 % cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
681 % does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
682 % explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
683 % threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
684 % percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
685 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
686 \newbox\groupbox
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
687 \def\vfilllimit{0.7}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
688 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
689 \envdef\group{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
690 \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
691 \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
692 \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
693 \fi
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
694 \startsavinginserts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
695 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
696 \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
697 % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
698 % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
699 % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
700 % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
701 % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
702 % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
703 \comment
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
704 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
705 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
706 % The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
707 % \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
708 % \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
709 % above. But it's pretty close.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
710 \def\Egroup{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
711 % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
712 % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
713 \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
714 \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
715 \egroup % End the \vtop.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
716 % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
717 \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
718 % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
719 \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
720 % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
721 % group, force a page break.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
722 \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
723 \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
724 \page
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
725 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
726 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
727 \box\groupbox
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
728 \prevdepth = \dimen1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
729 \checkinserts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
730 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
731 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
732 % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
733 % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
734 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
735 \newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
736 group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
737 where each line of input produces a line of output.}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
738
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
739 % @need space-in-mils
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
740 % forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
741
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
742 \newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
743
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
744 % Old definition--didn't work.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
745 %\parseargdef\need{\par %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
746 %% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
747 %% if the depth of the box does not fit.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
748 %{\baselineskip=0pt%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
749 %\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
750 %\prevdepth=-1000pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
751 %}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
752
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
753 \parseargdef\need{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
754 % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
755 % paragraph.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
756 \par
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
757 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
758 % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
759 \dimen0 = #1\mil
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
760 \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
761 \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
762 \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
763 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
764 % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
765 % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
766 % And a page break here is fine.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
767 \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
768 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
769 % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
770 % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
771 % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
772 % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
773 % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
774 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
775 % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
776 % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
777 % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
778 % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
779 % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
780 % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
781 % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
782 \penalty9999
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
783 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
784 % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
785 \kern -#1\mil
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
786 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
787 % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
788 \nobreak
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
789 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
790 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
791
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
792 % @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
793
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
794 \let\br = \par
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
795
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
796 % @page forces the start of a new page.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
797 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
798 \def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
799
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
800 % @exdent text....
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
801 % outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
802
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
803 % This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
804 % That's how much \exdent should take out.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
805 \newskip\exdentamount
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
806
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
807 % This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
808 \parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
809
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
810 % This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
811 \parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
812 \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
813
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
814 % @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
815 % paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
816 % class. WHICH is `l' or `r'.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
817 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
818 \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
819 \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
820 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
821 \def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
822 \nobreak
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
823 \kern-\strutdepth
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
824 \vtop to \strutdepth{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
825 \baselineskip=\strutdepth
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
826 \vss
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
827 % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
828 % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
829 \ifx#1l%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
830 \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
831 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
832 \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
833 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
834 \null
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
835 }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
836 }}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
837 \def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
838 \def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
839 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
840 % @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
841 % (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
842 % else use TEXT for both).
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
843 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
844 \def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
845 \def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
846 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
847 \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
848 \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
849 \def\righttext{#2}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
850 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
851 \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
852 \def\righttext{#1}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
853 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
854 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
855 \ifodd\pageno
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
856 \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
857 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
858 \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
859 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
860 \temp
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
861 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
862
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
863 % @include file insert text of that file as input.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
864 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
865 \def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
866 \def\includezzz#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
867 \pushthisfilestack
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
868 \def\thisfile{#1}%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
869 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
870 \makevalueexpandable
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
871 \def\temp{\input #1 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
872 \expandafter
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
873 }\temp
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
874 \popthisfilestack
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
875 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
876 \def\filenamecatcodes{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
877 \catcode`\\=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
878 \catcode`~=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
879 \catcode`^=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
880 \catcode`_=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
881 \catcode`|=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
882 \catcode`<=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
883 \catcode`>=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
884 \catcode`+=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
885 \catcode`-=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
886 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
887
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
888 \def\pushthisfilestack{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
889 \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
890 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
891 \def\pushthisfilestackX{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
892 \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
893 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
894 \def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
895 \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
896 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
897
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
898 \def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
899 \def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
900 the stack of filenames is empty.}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
901
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
902 \def\thisfile{}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
903
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
904 % @center line
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
905 % outputs that line, centered.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
906 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
907 \parseargdef\center{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
908 \ifhmode
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
909 \let\next\centerH
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
910 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
911 \let\next\centerV
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
912 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
913 \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
914 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
915 \def\centerH#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
916 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
917 \hfil\break
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
918 \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
919 \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
920 \line{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
921 \break
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
922 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
923 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
924 \def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
925
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
926 % @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
927
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
928 \parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
929
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
930 % @comment ...line which is ignored...
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
931 % @c is the same as @comment
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
932 % @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
933
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
934 \def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
935 \catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
936 \commentxxx}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
937 {\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
938
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
939 \let\c=\comment
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
940
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
941 % @paragraphindent NCHARS
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
942 % We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
943 % NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
944 % We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
945 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
946 \def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
947 \def\noneword{none}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
948 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
949 \parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
950 \def\temp{#1}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
951 \ifx\temp\asisword
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
952 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
953 \ifx\temp\noneword
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
954 \defaultparindent = 0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
955 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
956 \defaultparindent = #1em
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
957 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
958 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
959 \parindent = \defaultparindent
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
960 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
961
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
962 % @exampleindent NCHARS
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
963 % We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
964 % It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
965 % I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
966 \parseargdef\exampleindent{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
967 \def\temp{#1}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
968 \ifx\temp\asisword
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
969 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
970 \ifx\temp\noneword
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
971 \lispnarrowing = 0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
972 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
973 \lispnarrowing = #1em
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
974 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
975 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
976 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
977
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
978 % @firstparagraphindent WORD
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
979 % If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
980 % after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
981 % paragraphs.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
982 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
983 % The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
984 % \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
985 % We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
986 % By default, we suppress indentation.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
987 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
988 \def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
989 \def\insertword{insert}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
990 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
991 \parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
992 \def\temp{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
993 \ifx\temp\noneword
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
994 \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
995 \else\ifx\temp\insertword
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
996 \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
997 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
998 \errhelp = \EMsimple
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
999 \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1000 \fi\fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1001 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1002
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1003 % Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1004 % \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1005 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1006 % We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1007 % paragraph.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1008 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1009 \gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1010 \gdef\indent{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1011 \restorefirstparagraphindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1012 \indent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1013 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1014 \gdef\noindent{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1015 \restorefirstparagraphindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1016 \noindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1017 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1018 \global\everypar = {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1019 \kern -\parindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1020 \restorefirstparagraphindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1021 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1022 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1023
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1024 \gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1025 \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1026 \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1027 \global \everypar = {}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1028 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1029
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1030
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1031 % @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1032 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1033 \def\asis#1{#1}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1034
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1035 % @math outputs its argument in math mode.
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1036 %
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1037 % One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1038 % an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1039 % _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1040 % which is what @var uses.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1041 {
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1042 \catcode`\_ = \active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1043 \gdef\mathunderscore{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1044 \catcode`\_=\active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1045 \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1046 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1047 }
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1048 % Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1049 % FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1050 % this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1051 % otherwise define @\.
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
1052 %
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1053 % The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1054 \def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1055 %
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1056 \def\math{%
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1057 \tex
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1058 \mathunderscore
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1059 \let\\ = \mathbackslash
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1060 \mathactive
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1061 $\finishmath
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1062 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1063 \def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1064
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1065 % Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1066 % We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1067 % to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1068 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1069 {
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1070 \catcode`^ = \active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1071 \catcode`< = \active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1072 \catcode`> = \active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1073 \catcode`+ = \active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1074 \gdef\mathactive{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1075 \let^ = \ptexhat
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1076 \let< = \ptexless
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1077 \let> = \ptexgtr
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1078 \let+ = \ptexplus
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1079 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1080 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1081
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1082 % @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1083 \def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1084 \def\minus{$-$}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1085
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1086 % @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
71093
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
1087 % We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
1088 % typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
1089 % in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em. So do
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
1090 % whichever is larger.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1091 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1092 \def\dots{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1093 \leavevmode
71093
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
1094 \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
1095 \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
1096 \dimen0 = \wd0
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
1097 \else
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
1098 \dimen0 = 1.5em
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
1099 \fi
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
1100 \hbox to \dimen0{%
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
1101 \hskip 0pt plus.25fil
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
1102 .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
1103 .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
1104 .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1105 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1106 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1107
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1108 % @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1109 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1110 \def\enddots{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1111 \dots
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1112 \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1113 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1114
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1115 % @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1116 % Texinfo's parsing.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1117 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1118 \let\comma = ,
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1119
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1120 % @refill is a no-op.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1121 \let\refill=\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1122
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1123 % If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1124 % be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1125 % This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1126 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1127 \newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1128 \let\novalidate = \linksfalse
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1129
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1130 % @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1131 % So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1132 % This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1133 \def\setfilename{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1134 \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1135 \iflinks
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1136 \tryauxfile
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1137 % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1138 \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1139 \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1140 \openindices
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1141 \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1142 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1143 % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1144 % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1145 \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1146 \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1147 \closein 1
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1148 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1149 \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1150 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1151
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1152 % Called from \setfilename.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1153 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1154 \def\openindices{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1155 \newindex{cp}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1156 \newcodeindex{fn}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1157 \newcodeindex{vr}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1158 \newcodeindex{tp}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1159 \newcodeindex{ky}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1160 \newcodeindex{pg}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1161 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1162
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1163 % @bye.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1164 \outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1165
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1166
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1167 \message{pdf,}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1168 % adobe `portable' document format
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1169 \newcount\tempnum
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1170 \newcount\lnkcount
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1171 \newtoks\filename
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1172 \newcount\filenamelength
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1173 \newcount\pgn
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1174 \newtoks\toksA
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1175 \newtoks\toksB
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1176 \newtoks\toksC
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1177 \newtoks\toksD
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1178 \newbox\boxA
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1179 \newcount\countA
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1180 \newif\ifpdf
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1181 \newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1182
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1183 % when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1184 % can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1185 % borrowed from ifpdf.sty.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1186 \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1187 \else
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1188 \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1189 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1190 \ifcase\pdfoutput
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1191 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1192 \pdftrue
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1193 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1194 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1195 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1196
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1197 % PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1198 % for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1199 % double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1200 % interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1201 % http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1202 % (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1203 % user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1204 % that's what we do).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1205
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1206 % double active backslashes.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1207 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1208 {\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1209 @gdef@activebackslashdouble{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1210 @catcode`@\=@active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1211 @let\=@doublebackslash}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1212 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1213
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1214 % To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1215 % not active characters. hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1216 % us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens. I've
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1217 % tinkered with it a little for texinfo, but it's definitely from there.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1218 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1219 % #1 is the tokens to replace.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1220 % #2 is the replacement.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1221 % #3 is the control sequence with the string.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1222 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1223 \def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1224 \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1225 ##1%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1226 \ifx\\##2\\%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1227 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1228 #2%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1229 \HyReturnAfterFi{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1230 \HyPsdReplace##2\END
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1231 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1232 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1233 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1234 \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1235 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1236 \long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1237
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1238 % #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1239 \def\backslashparens#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1240 \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1241 % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1242 \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1243 \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1244 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1245
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1246 \ifpdf
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1247 \input pdfcolor
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1248 \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
70570
edd2bdf83f35 autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70407
diff changeset
1249 % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1250 \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
70570
edd2bdf83f35 autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70407
diff changeset
1251 \def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
edd2bdf83f35 autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70407
diff changeset
1252 \def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1253 % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1254 % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1255 \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1256 \immediate\pdfimage
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1257 \else
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1258 \immediate\pdfximage
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1259 \fi
70570
edd2bdf83f35 autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70407
diff changeset
1260 \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi
edd2bdf83f35 autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70407
diff changeset
1261 \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1262 \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1263 #1.pdf%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1264 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1265 {#1.pdf}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1266 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1267 \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1268 \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1269 \fi}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1270 \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1271 % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1272 % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1273 \atdummies
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1274 \activebackslashdouble
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1275 \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1276 \backslashparens\pdfdestname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1277 \pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1278 }}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1279 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1280 % used to mark target names; must be expandable.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1281 \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1282 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1283 \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light?
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1284 \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1285 % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1286 % come from Petr Olsak
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1287 \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1288 \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1289 \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1290 \advance\tempnum by 1
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1291 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1292 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1293 % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1294 % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1295 % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1296 % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1297 % #4 is the page number
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1298 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1299 \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1300 % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1301 % page number. We could generate a destination for the section
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1302 % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1303 % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1304 \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1305 \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1306 \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1307 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1308 % Doubled backslashes in the name.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1309 {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1310 \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1311 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1312 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1313 % Also double the backslashes in the display string.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1314 {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1315 \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1316 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1317 \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1318 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1319 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1320 \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1321 \begingroup
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
1322 % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1323 \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1324 \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1325 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1326 % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1327 \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1328 \def\thischapnum{##2}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1329 \def\thissecnum{0}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1330 \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1331 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1332 \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1333 \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1334 \def\thissecnum{##2}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1335 \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1336 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1337 \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1338 \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1339 \def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1340 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1341 \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1342 \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1343 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1344 \def\thischapnum{0}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1345 \def\thissecnum{0}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1346 \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1347 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1348 % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1349 % al. a second time, below.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1350 \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1351 \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1352 \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1353 \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1354 \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1355 \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1356 \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1357 \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1358 \readdatafile{toc}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1359 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1360 % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1361 % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1362 % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1363 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1364 % We use the node names as the destinations.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1365 \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1366 \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1367 \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1368 \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1369 \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1370 \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1371 \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1372 \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1373 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1374 % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1375 % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1376 % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1377 % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1378 % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1379 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1380 % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1381 % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1382 % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1383 \indexnofonts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1384 \setupdatafile
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1385 \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1386 \input \jobname.toc
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1387 \endgroup
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1388 }
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1389 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1390 \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1391 \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1392 \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1393 \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1394 \advance\filenamelength by 1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1395 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1396 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1397 \nextsp}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1398 \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1399 \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1400 \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1401 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1402 \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1403 \fi
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1404 % make a live url in pdf output.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1405 \def\pdfurl#1{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1406 \begingroup
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1407 % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1408 % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1409 % of @url. for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1410 % people have actually reported a problem with.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1411 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1412 \normalturnoffactive
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1413 \def\@{@}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1414 \let\/=\empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1415 \makevalueexpandable
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1416 \leavevmode\Red
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1417 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1418 user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1419 \endgroup}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1420 \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1421 \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1422 \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1423 \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1424 \def\maketoks{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1425 \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1426 \ifx\first0\adn0
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1427 \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1428 \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
1429 \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1430 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1431 \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1432 \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1433 \let\next=\maketoks
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1434 \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1435 \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1436 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1437 \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1438 \next}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1439 \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1440 {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1441 \def\pdflink#1{%
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1442 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1443 \linkcolor #1\endlink}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1444 \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1445 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1446 \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1447 \let\pdfurl = \gobble
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1448 \let\endlink = \relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1449 \let\linkcolor = \relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1450 \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1451 \fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1452
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1453
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1454 \message{fonts,}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1455
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1456 % Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1457 % For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1458 % italics, not bold italics.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1459 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1460 \def\setfontstyle#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1461 \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1462 \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1463 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1464
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1465 % Select #1 fonts with the current style.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1466 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1467 \def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1468
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1469 \def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1470 \def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1471 \def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1472 \def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1473 \def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1474
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1475 % Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1476 % So we set up a \sf.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1477 \newfam\sffam
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1478 \def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1479 \let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1480
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1481 % We don't need math for this font style.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1482 \def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1483
70407
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1484
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1485 % Default leading.
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1486 \newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1487
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1488 % Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1489 % correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1490 % used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1491 %
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1492 \def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1493 \def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1494 \def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1495 %
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1496 \def\setleading#1{%
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1497 \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1498 \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1499 \normalbaselines
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1500 \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1501 \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1502 depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1503 }%
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1504 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1505
70407
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1506
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1507 % Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1508 % specified font prefix (normally `cm').
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1509 % #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1510 \def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1511
70407
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1512
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1513 % Use cm as the default font prefix.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1514 % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1515 % before you read in texinfo.tex.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1516 \ifx\fontprefix\undefined
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1517 \def\fontprefix{cm}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1518 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1519 % Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1520 \def\rmshape{r}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1521 \def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1522 \def\bfshape{b}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1523 \def\bxshape{bx}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1524 \def\ttshape{tt}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1525 \def\ttbshape{tt}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1526 \def\ttslshape{sltt}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1527 \def\itshape{ti}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1528 \def\itbshape{bxti}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1529 \def\slshape{sl}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1530 \def\slbshape{bxsl}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1531 \def\sfshape{ss}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1532 \def\sfbshape{ss}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1533 \def\scshape{csc}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1534 \def\scbshape{csc}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1535
70407
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1536 % Definitions for a main text size of 11pt. This is the default in
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1537 % Texinfo.
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1538 %
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1539 \def\definetextfontsizexi{
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1540 % Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1541 \def\textnominalsize{11pt}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1542 \edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1543 \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1544 \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1545 \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1546 \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1547 \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1548 \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1549 \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1550 \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1551 \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1552 \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1553
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1554 % A few fonts for @defun names and args.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1555 \setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1556 \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1557 \setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1558 \def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1559
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1560 % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1561 \def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1562 \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1563 \setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1564 \setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1565 \setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1566 \setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1567 \setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1568 \setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1569 \setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1570 \font\smalli=cmmi9
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1571 \font\smallsy=cmsy9
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1572
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1573 % Fonts for small examples (8pt).
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1574 \def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1575 \setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1576 \setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1577 \setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1578 \setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1579 \setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1580 \setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1581 \setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1582 \setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1583 \font\smalleri=cmmi8
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1584 \font\smallersy=cmsy8
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1585
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1586 % Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1587 \def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1588 \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1589 \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1590 \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1591 \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1592 \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1593 \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1594 \let\titlebf=\titlerm
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1595 \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1596 \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1597 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1598 \def\authorrm{\secrm}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1599 \def\authortt{\sectt}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1600
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1601 % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1602 \def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1603 \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1604 \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1605 \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1606 \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1607 \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1608 \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1609 \let\chapbf=\chaprm
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1610 \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1611 \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1612 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1613
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1614 % Section fonts (14.4pt).
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1615 \def\secnominalsize{14pt}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1616 \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1617 \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1618 \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1619 \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1620 \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1621 \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1622 \let\secbf\secrm
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1623 \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1624 \font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1625 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1626
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1627 % Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1628 \def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1629 \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1630 \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1631 \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1632 \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1633 \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1634 \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1635 \let\ssecbf\ssecrm
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1636 \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1637 \font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1638 \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1639
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1640 % Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1641 \def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1642 \setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1643 \setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1644 \setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1645 \setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1646 \setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1647 \setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1648 \setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1649 \setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1650 \font\reducedi=cmmi10
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1651 \font\reducedsy=cmsy10
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1652
70407
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1653 % reset the current fonts
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1654 \textfonts
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1655 \rm
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1656 } % end of 11pt text font size definitions
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1657
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1658
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1659 % Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1660 % section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit. This is for the GNU
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1661 % Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual. Maybe other manuals in the
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1662 % future. Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1663 %
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1664 \def\definetextfontsizex{%
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1665 % Text fonts (10pt).
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1666 \def\textnominalsize{10pt}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1667 \edef\mainmagstep{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1668 \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1669 \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1670 \setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1671 \setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1672 \setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1673 \setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1674 \setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1675 \setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1676 \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1677 \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1678
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1679 % A few fonts for @defun names and args.
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1680 \setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1681 \setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1682 \setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1683 \def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1684
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1685 % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1686 \def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1687 \setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1688 \setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1689 \setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1690 \setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1691 \setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1692 \setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1693 \setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1694 \setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1695 \font\smalli=cmmi9
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1696 \font\smallsy=cmsy9
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1697
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1698 % Fonts for small examples (8pt).
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1699 \def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1700 \setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1701 \setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1702 \setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1703 \setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1704 \setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1705 \setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1706 \setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1707 \setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1708 \font\smalleri=cmmi8
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1709 \font\smallersy=cmsy8
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1710
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1711 % Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1712 \def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1713 \setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1714 \setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1715 \setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1716 \setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1717 \setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1718 \setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1719 \let\titlebf=\titlerm
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1720 \setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1721 \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1722 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1723 \def\authorrm{\secrm}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1724 \def\authortt{\sectt}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1725
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1726 % Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1727 \def\chapnominalsize{14pt}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1728 \setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1729 \setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1730 \setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1731 \setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1732 \setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1733 \setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1734 \let\chapbf\chaprm
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1735 \setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1736 \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1737 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1738
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1739 % Section fonts (12pt).
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1740 \def\secnominalsize{12pt}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1741 \setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1742 \setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1743 \setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1744 \setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1745 \setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1746 \setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1747 \let\secbf\secrm
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1748 \setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1749 \font\seci=cmmi12
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1750 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1751
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1752 % Subsection fonts (10pt).
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1753 \def\ssecnominalsize{10pt}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1754 \setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1755 \setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1756 \setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1757 \setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1758 \setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1759 \setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1760 \let\ssecbf\ssecrm
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1761 \setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1762 \font\sseci=cmmi10
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1763 \font\ssecsy=cmsy10
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1764
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1765 % Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt).
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1766 \def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1767 \setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1768 \setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1769 \setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1770 \setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1771 \setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1772 \setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1773 \setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1774 \setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1775 \font\reducedi=cmmi9
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1776 \font\reducedsy=cmsy9
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1777
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1778 % reduce space between paragraphs
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1779 \divide\parskip by 2
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1780
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1781 % reset the current fonts
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1782 \textfonts
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1783 \rm
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1784 } % end of 10pt text font size definitions
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1785
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1786
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1787 % We provide the user-level command
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1788 % @fonttextsize 10
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1789 % (or 11) to redefine the text font size. pt is assumed.
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1790 %
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1791 \def\xword{10}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1792 \def\xiword{11}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1793 %
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1794 \parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1795 \def\textsizearg{#1}%
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1796 \wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1797 %
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1798 % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1799 % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1800 %
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1801 \begingroup \globaldefs=1
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1802 \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1803 \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1804 \else
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1805 \errhelp=\EMsimple
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1806 \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'}
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1807 \fi\fi
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1808 \endgroup
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1809 }
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1810
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1811
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1812 % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1813 % we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1814 % texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1815 % in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1816 % \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1817 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1818 \def\resetmathfonts{%
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1819 \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1820 \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1821 \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1822 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1823
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1824 % The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1825 % of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1826 % current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1827 % \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1828 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1829 % Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1830 % and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1831 % the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1832 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1833 % This all needs generalizing, badly.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1834 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1835 \def\textfonts{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1836 \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1837 \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1838 \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1839 \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1840 \def\curfontsize{text}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1841 \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1842 \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1843 \def\titlefonts{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1844 \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1845 \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1846 \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1847 \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1848 \def\curfontsize{title}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1849 \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1850 \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1851 \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1852 \def\chapfonts{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1853 \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1854 \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1855 \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1856 \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1857 \def\curfontsize{chap}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1858 \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1859 \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1860 \def\secfonts{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1861 \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1862 \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1863 \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1864 \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1865 \def\curfontsize{sec}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1866 \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1867 \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1868 \def\subsecfonts{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1869 \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1870 \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1871 \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1872 \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1873 \def\curfontsize{ssec}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1874 \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1875 \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1876 \let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1877 \def\reducedfonts{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1878 \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1879 \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1880 \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1881 \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1882 \def\curfontsize{reduced}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1883 \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1884 \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1885 \def\smallfonts{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1886 \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1887 \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1888 \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1889 \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1890 \def\curfontsize{small}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1891 \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1892 \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1893 \def\smallerfonts{%
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1894 \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1895 \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1896 \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1897 \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1898 \def\curfontsize{smaller}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1899 \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
1900 \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1901
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1902 % Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1903 \let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1904
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1905 % About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1906 % can fit this many characters:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1907 % 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1908 % If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1909 % 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1910 % For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1911 % the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1912 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1913 % By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1914 % 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1915 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1916 % I wish the USA used A4 paper.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1917 % --karl, 24jan03.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1918
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1919
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1920 % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1921 %
70407
0c8d6310fd45 reduce body text size for emacs manual to 10pt
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 69769
diff changeset
1922 \definetextfontsizexi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924 % Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925 \def\angleleft{$\langle$}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926 \def\angleright{$\rangle$}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928 % Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1929 \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1931 % Fonts for short table of contents.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932 \setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1933 \setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} % no cmb12
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1934 \setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1935 \setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1936
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1937 %% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938 %% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940 % \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941 % unless the following character is such as not to need one.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1942 \def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1943 \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1944 \def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1945 \def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1946
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1947 % like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1948 % @var is set to this for defun arguments.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1949 \def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1950
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1951 % like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1952 % ttsl for book titles, do we?
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1953 \def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955 \let\i=\smartitalic
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1956 \let\slanted=\smartslanted
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957 \let\var=\smartslanted
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958 \let\dfn=\smartslanted
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1959 \let\emph=\smartitalic
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1960
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1961 % @b, explicit bold.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1962 \def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1963 \let\strong=\b
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1964
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1965 % @sansserif, explicit sans.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1966 \def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1967
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1968 % We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1969 % the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970 % group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1972 \def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1973 \def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1974
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1975 % Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1976 % Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1977 % sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1978 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1979 \chardef\colonChar = `\:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1980 \chardef\commaChar = `\,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1981 \chardef\dotChar = `\.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1982 \chardef\exclamChar= `\!
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1983 \chardef\questChar = `\?
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1984 \chardef\semiChar = `\;
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1985 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1986 \catcode`@=11
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1987 \def\plainfrenchspacing{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1988 \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1989 \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1990 \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1991 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1992 \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1993 \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1994 \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1995 \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1996 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1997 \catcode`@=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1998 \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
1999
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2000 \def\t#1{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2001 {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2002 \null
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2003 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2004 \def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2005 \setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2006 \font\keysy=cmsy9
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2007 \def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2008 \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2009 \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2010 \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2011 \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2012 \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2013 % The old definition, with no lozenge:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2014 %\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2015 \def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2016
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2017 % @file, @option are the same as @samp.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2018 \let\file=\samp
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019 \let\option=\samp
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2020
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021 % @code is a modification of @t,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2022 % which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2023 \def\tclose#1{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2024 {%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2025 % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2026 \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2027 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2028 % Switch to typewriter.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2029 \tt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2030 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2031 % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2032 \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2033 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2034 % Turn off hyphenation.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2035 \nohyphenation
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2036 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2037 \rawbackslash
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2038 \plainfrenchspacing
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2039 #1%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2040 }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2041 \null
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2042 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2043
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2044 % We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2045 % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2046 % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2047
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2048 % Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2049 % both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2050 % We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2051 % and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2052 % -- rms.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2053 {
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2054 \catcode`\-=\active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2055 \catcode`\_=\active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2056 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2057 \global\def\code{\begingroup
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2058 \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2059 \ifallowcodebreaks
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2060 \let-\codedash
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2061 \let_\codeunder
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2062 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2063 \let-\realdash
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2064 \let_\realunder
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2065 \fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2066 \codex
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2067 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2068 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2069
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2070 \def\realdash{-}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2071 \def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
2072 \def\codeunder{%
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
2073 % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
2074 % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
2075 % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
2076 % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
2077 \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
2078 \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
2079 \else\normalunderscore \fi
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
2080 \discretionary{}{}{}}%
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
2081 {\_}%
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
2082 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2083 \def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2084
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2085 % An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2086 % each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2087 % some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2088 % general. @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2089 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2090 \newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2091
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2092 \def\keywordtrue{true}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2093 \def\keywordfalse{false}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2094
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2095 \parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2096 \def\txiarg{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2097 \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2098 \allowcodebreakstrue
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2099 \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2100 \allowcodebreaksfalse
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2101 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2102 \errhelp = \EMsimple
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2103 \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2104 \fi\fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2105 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2106
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2107 % @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2108 % then @kbd has no effect.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2109
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2110 % @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2111 % `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2112 % or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2113 \parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2114 \def\txiarg{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2115 \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2116 \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2117 \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2118 \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2119 \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2120 \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2121 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2122 \errhelp = \EMsimple
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2123 \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2124 \fi\fi\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2125 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2126 \def\worddistinct{distinct}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2127 \def\wordexample{example}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2128 \def\wordcode{code}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2129
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2130 % Default is `distinct.'
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2131 \kbdinputstyle distinct
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2132
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2133 \def\xkey{\key}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2134 \def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2135 \ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2136 \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2137 \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2138
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2139 % For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2140 \let\indicateurl=\code
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2141 \let\env=\code
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2142 \let\command=\code
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2143
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2144 % @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2145 % second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2146 % arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2147 % itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2148 % a hypertex \special here.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2149 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2150 \def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2151 \def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2152 \unsepspaces
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2153 \pdfurl{#1}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2154 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2155 \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2156 \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2157 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2158 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2159 \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2160 \ifpdf
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2161 \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2162 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2163 \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2164 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2165 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2166 \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2167 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2168 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2169 \endlink
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2170 \endgroup}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2171
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2172 % @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2173 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2174 \let\url=\uref
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2175
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2176 % rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2177 % So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
2178 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2179 %\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2180 \ifpdf
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2181 \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2182 \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2183 \unsepspaces
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2184 \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2185 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2186 \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2187 \endlink
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2188 \endgroup}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2189 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2190 \let\email=\uref
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2191 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2192
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2193 % Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2194 % Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2195 % shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2196 % this property, we can check that font parameter.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2197 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2198 \def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2199
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2200 % Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2201 % argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2202 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2203 \def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2204
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2205 \def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2206
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2207 % @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2208 % and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2209 % Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2210 %\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2211
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2212 % Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2213 \def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2214 \def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2215 \def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2216
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2217 % @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2218 % We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2219 % all-uppercase.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2220 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2221 \def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2222 \def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2223 {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2224 \def\temp{#2}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2225 \ifx\temp\empty \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2226 \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2227 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2228 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2229
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2230 % @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2231 % No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2232 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2233 \def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2234 \def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2235 {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2236 \def\temp{#2}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2237 \ifx\temp\empty \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2238 \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2239 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2240 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2241
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2242 % @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2243 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2244 \def\pounds{{\it\$}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2245
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2246 % @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2247 % We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2248 % Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2249 % "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2250 % It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2251 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2252 % Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2253 % that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2254 % font height.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2255 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2256 % feymr - regular
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2257 % feymo - slanted
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2258 % feybr - bold
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2259 % feybo - bold slanted
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2260 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2261 % There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2262 % A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2263 % Hmm.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2264 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2265 % Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2266 % Hope not.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2267 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2268 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2269 \def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2270 \def\eurofont{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2271 % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2272 % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2273 % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2274 % font installed.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2275 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2276 % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2277 % that to the current nominal size.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2278 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2279 % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2280 % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2281 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2282 \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2283 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2284 \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2285 % bold:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2286 \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2287 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2288 % regular:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2289 \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2290 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2291 \thiseurofont
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2292 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2293
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2294 % @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2295 % be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2296 % Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2297 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2298 \def\registeredsymbol{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2299 $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2300 \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2301 }$%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2302 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2303
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2304 % Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2305 % Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2306 % so we'll define it if necessary.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2307 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2308 \ifx\Orb\undefined
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2309 \def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2310 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2311
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2312
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2313 \message{page headings,}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2314
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2315 \newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2316 \newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2317
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2318 % First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2319 \newif\ifseenauthor
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2320 \newif\iffinishedtitlepage
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2321
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2322 % Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2323 % user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2324 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2325 \newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2326 \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2327 \newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2328 \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2329
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2330 \parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2331 \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2332
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2333 \envdef\titlepage{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2334 % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2335 \begingroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2336 \parindent=0pt \textfonts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2337 % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2338 \vglue\titlepagetopglue
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2339 % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2340 \finishedtitlepagetrue
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2341 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2342 % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2343 % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2344 \let\oldpage = \page
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2345 \def\page{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2346 \iffinishedtitlepage\else
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2347 \finishtitlepage
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2348 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2349 \let\page = \oldpage
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2350 \page
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2351 \null
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2352 }%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2353 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2354
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2355 \def\Etitlepage{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2356 \iffinishedtitlepage\else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2357 \finishtitlepage
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2358 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2359 % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2360 % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2361 % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2362 % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2363 \oldpage
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2364 \endgroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2365 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2366 % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2367 % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2368 \HEADINGSon
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2369 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2370 % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2371 \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2372 \shortcontents
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2373 \contents
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2374 \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2375 \global\let\contents = \relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2376 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2377 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2378 \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2379 \contents
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2380 \global\let\contents = \relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2381 \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2382 \fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2383 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2384
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2385 \def\finishtitlepage{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2386 \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2387 \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2388 \finishedtitlepagetrue
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2389 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2390
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2391 %%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2392
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2393 \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2394 \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2395
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2396 \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2397 \let\tt=\authortt}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2398
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2399 \parseargdef\title{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2400 \checkenv\titlepage
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2401 \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2402 % print a rule at the page bottom also.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2403 \finishedtitlepagefalse
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2404 \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2405 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2406
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2407 \parseargdef\subtitle{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2408 \checkenv\titlepage
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2409 {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2410 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2411
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2412 % @author should come last, but may come many times.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2413 % It can also be used inside @quotation.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2414 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2415 \parseargdef\author{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2416 \def\temp{\quotation}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2417 \ifx\thisenv\temp
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2418 \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2419 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2420 \checkenv\titlepage
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2421 \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2422 {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2423 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2424 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2425
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2426
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2427 %%% Set up page headings and footings.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2428
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2429 \let\thispage=\folio
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2430
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2431 \newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2432 \newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2433 \newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2434 \newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2435
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2436 % Now make TeX use those variables
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2437 \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2438 \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2439 \footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2440 \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2441 \let\HEADINGShook=\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2442
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2443 % Commands to set those variables.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2444 % For example, this is what @headings on does
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2445 % @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2446 % @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2447 % @evenfooting @thisfile||
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2448 % @oddfooting ||@thisfile
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2449
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2450
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2451 \def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2452 \def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2453 \def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2454 \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2455
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2456 \def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2457 \def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2458 \def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2459 \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2460
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2461 \parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2462
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2463 \def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2464 \def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2465 \def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2466 \global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2467
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2468 \def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2469 \def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2470 \def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2471 \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2472 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2473 % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2474 % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2475 \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2476 \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2477 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2478
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2479 \parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2480
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2481
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2482 % @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2483 % @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2484 % @headings off turns them off.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2485 % @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2486 % @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2487 % @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2488 % @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2489 % By default, they are off at the start of a document,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2490 % and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2491
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2492 \def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2493
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2494 \def\HEADINGSoff{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2495 \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2496 \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2497 \HEADINGSoff
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2498 % When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2499 % For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2500 % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2501 % title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2502 % edge of all pages.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2503 \def\HEADINGSdouble{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2504 \global\pageno=1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2505 \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2506 \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2507 \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2508 \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2509 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2510 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2511 \let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2512
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2513 % For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2514 % page number on top right.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2515 \def\HEADINGSsingle{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2516 \global\pageno=1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2517 \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2518 \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2519 \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2520 \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2521 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2522 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2523 \def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2524
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2525 \def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2526 \let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2527 \def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2528 \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2529 \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2530 \global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2531 \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2532 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2533 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2534
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2535 \def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2536 \def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2537 \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2538 \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2539 \global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2540 \global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2541 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2542 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2543
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2544 % Subroutines used in generating headings
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2545 % This produces Day Month Year style of output.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2546 % Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2547 % up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2548 \ifx\today\undefined
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2549 \def\today{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2550 \number\day\space
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2551 \ifcase\month
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2552 \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2553 \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2554 \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2555 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2556 \space\number\year}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2557 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2558
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2559 % @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2560 % It generates no output of its own.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2561 \def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2562 \def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2563
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2564
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2565 \message{tables,}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2566 % Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2567
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2568 % default indentation of table text
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2569 \newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2570 % default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2571 \newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2572 % margin between end of table item and start of table text.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2573 \newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2574
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2575 % used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2576 \newdimen\itemmax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2577
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2578 % Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2579 % these defs.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2580 % They also define \itemindex
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2581 % to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2582
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2583 \newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2584
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2585 \def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2586
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2587 \def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2588 \def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2589
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2590 \def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2591 \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2592 \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2593 \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2594 \itemindex{#1}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2595 \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2596 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2597 % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2598 % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2599 % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2600 % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2601 % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2602 \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2603 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2604 % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2605 % but leave it ragged-right.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2606 \begingroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2607 \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2608 \advance\hsize by\tableindent
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2609 \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2610 \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2611 \endgroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2612 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2613 % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2614 % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2615 \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2616 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2617 % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2618 % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2619 % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2620 % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2621 % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2622 % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2623 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2624 \penalty 10001
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2625 \endgroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2626 \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2627 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2628 % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2629 % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2630 \noindent
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2631 % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2632 % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2633 % eventually be printed.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2634 \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2635 \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2636 \unhbox0
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2637 \nobreak\kern\dimen0
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2638 \endgroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2639 \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2640 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2641 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2642
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2643 \def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2644 \def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2645
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2646 % @table, @ftable, @vtable.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2647 \envdef\table{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2648 \let\itemindex\gobble
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2649 \tablecheck{table}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2650 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2651 \envdef\ftable{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2652 \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2653 \tablecheck{ftable}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2654 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2655 \envdef\vtable{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2656 \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2657 \tablecheck{vtable}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2658 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2659 \def\tablecheck#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2660 \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2661 \endgroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2662 \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2663 that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2664 \def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2665 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2666 \let\next\tablex
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2667 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2668 \next
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2669 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2670 \def\tablex#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2671 \def\itemindicate{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2672 \parsearg\tabley
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2673 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2674 \def\tabley#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2675 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2676 \makevalueexpandable
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2677 \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2678 \expandafter
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2679 }\temp \endtablez
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2680 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2681 \def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2682 \aboveenvbreak
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2683 \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2684 \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2685 \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2686 \itemmax=\tableindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2687 \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2688 \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2689 \exdentamount=\tableindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2690 \parindent = 0pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2691 \parskip = \smallskipamount
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2692 \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2693 \let\item = \internalBitem
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2694 \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2695 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2696 \def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2697 \let\Eftable\Etable
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2698 \let\Evtable\Etable
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2699 \let\Eitemize\Etable
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2700 \let\Eenumerate\Etable
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2701
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2702 % This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2703
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2704 \newcount \itemno
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2705
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2706 \envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2707
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2708 \def\doitemize#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2709 \aboveenvbreak
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2710 \itemmax=\itemindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2711 \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2712 \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2713 \exdentamount=\itemindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2714 \parindent=0pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2715 \parskip=\smallskipamount
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2716 \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2717 \def\itemcontents{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2718 % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2719 \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2720 \let\item=\itemizeitem
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2721 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2722
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2723 % Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2724 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2725 \def\itemizeitem{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2726 \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2727 {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2728 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2729 % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2730 % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2731 % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2732 % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2733 % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2734 % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2735 % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2736 % that's the theory.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2737 \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2738 \noindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2739 \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2740 \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2741 \flushcr
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2742 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2743
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2744 % \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2745 % TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2746 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2747 \def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2748
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2749 % Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2750 % or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2751 % argument is the same as `1'.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2752 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2753 \envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2754 \def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2755 % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2756 \def\thearg{#1}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2757 \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2758 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2759 % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2760 % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2761 % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2762 % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2763 % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2764 \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2765 \ifx\rest\empty
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2766 % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2767 % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2768 % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2769 % not equal to itself.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2770 % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2771 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2772 % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2773 % continuing to look for a <number>.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2774 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2775 \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2776 \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2777 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2778 % It's a letter.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2779 \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2780 \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2781 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2782 \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2783 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2784 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2785 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2786 % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2787 \numericenumerate
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2788 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2789 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2790
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2791 % An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2792 % given in \thearg.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2793 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2794 \def\numericenumerate{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2795 \itemno = \thearg
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2796 \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2797 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2798
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2799 % The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2800 \def\lowercaseenumerate{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2801 \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2802 \startenumeration{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2803 % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2804 \ifnum\itemno=0
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2805 \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2806 alphabet}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2807 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2808 \char\lccode\itemno
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2809 }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2810 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2811
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2812 % The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2813 \def\uppercaseenumerate{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2814 \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2815 \startenumeration{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2816 % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2817 \ifnum\itemno=0
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2818 \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2819 alphabet}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2820 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2821 \char\uccode\itemno
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2822 }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2823 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2824
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2825 % Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2826 % common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2827 % \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2828 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2829 \def\startenumeration#1{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2830 \advance\itemno by -1
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2831 \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2832 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2833
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2834 % @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2835 % to @enumerate.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2836 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2837 \def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2838 \def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2839 \def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2840 \def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2841
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2842
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2843 % @multitable macros
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2844 % Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2845 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2846 % @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2847 % Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2848 % can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2849 % or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2850
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2851 % Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2852
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2853 % To make preamble:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2854 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2855 % Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2856 % @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2857 % @item ...
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2858 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2859 % Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2860 % current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2861 % columns as desired.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2862
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2863
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2864 % Or use a template:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2865 % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2866 % @item ...
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2867 % using the widest term desired in each column.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2868
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2869 % Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2870 % starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2871 % with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2872 % ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2873
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2874 % @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2875 % if they are.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2876
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2877 % Sample multitable:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2878
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2879 % @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2880 % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2881 % @item
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2882 % first col stuff
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2883 % @tab
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2884 % second col stuff
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2885 % @tab
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2886 % third col
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2887 % @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2888 % @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2889 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2890 % They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2891 % @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2892 % @end multitable
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2893
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2894 % Default dimensions may be reset by user.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2895 % @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2896 % @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2897 % @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2898 % @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2899 % to baseline.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2900 % 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2901 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2902 \newskip\multitableparskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2903 \newskip\multitableparindent
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2904 \newdimen\multitablecolspace
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2905 \newskip\multitablelinespace
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2906 \multitableparskip=0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2907 \multitableparindent=6pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2908 \multitablecolspace=12pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2909 \multitablelinespace=0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2910
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2911 % Macros used to set up halign preamble:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2912 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2913 \let\endsetuptable\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2914 \def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2915 \let\columnfractions\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2916 \def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2917 \newif\ifsetpercent
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2918
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2919 % #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2920 % be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2921 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2922 \def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2923 \global\advance\colcount by 1
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2924 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2925 \setuptable
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2926 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2927
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2928 \newcount\colcount
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2929 \def\setuptable#1{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2930 \def\firstarg{#1}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2931 \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2932 \let\go = \relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2933 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2934 \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2935 \global\setpercenttrue
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2936 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2937 \ifsetpercent
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2938 \let\go\pickupwholefraction
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2939 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2940 \global\advance\colcount by 1
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2941 \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2942 % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2943 \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2944 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2945 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2946 \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2947 % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2948 % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2949 \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2950 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2951 \let\go = \setuptable
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2952 \fi%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2953 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2954 \go
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2955 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2956
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2957 % multitable-only commands.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2958 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2959 % @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2960 % Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2961 % of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2962 \def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2963 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2964 % A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2965 % line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2966 % we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2967 % --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2968 \def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2969
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2970 % @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2971 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2972 \newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2973 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2974 \envdef\multitable{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2975 \vskip\parskip
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2976 \startsavinginserts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2977 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2978 % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2979 % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2980 % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2981 % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2982 \def\item{\crcr}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2983 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2984 \tolerance=9500
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2985 \hbadness=9500
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2986 \setmultitablespacing
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2987 \parskip=\multitableparskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2988 \parindent=\multitableparindent
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2989 \overfullrule=0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2990 \global\colcount=0
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2991 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2992 \everycr = {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2993 \noalign{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2994 \global\everytab={}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2995 \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2996 % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2997 \checkinserts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2998 % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
2999 %\filbreak
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3000 % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3001 % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3002 % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3003 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3004 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3005 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3006 \parsearg\domultitable
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3007 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3008 \def\domultitable#1{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3009 % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3010 \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3011 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3012 % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3013 % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3014 % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3015 % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3016 \halign\bgroup &%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3017 \global\advance\colcount by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3018 \multistrut
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3019 \vtop{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3020 % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3021 \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3022 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3023 % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3024 % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3025 % the first one.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3026 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3027 % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3028 % to the width of each template entry.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3029 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3030 % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3031 % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3032 % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3033 % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3034 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3035 % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3036 \rightskip=0pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3037 \ifnum\colcount=1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3038 % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3039 \advance\hsize by\leftskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3040 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3041 \ifsetpercent \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3042 % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3043 % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3044 \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3045 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3046 % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3047 \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3048 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3049 % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3050 % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3051 % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3052 % For example:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3053 % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3054 % @item @code{#}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3055 % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3056 % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3057 % marking characters.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3058 \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3059 }\cr
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3060 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3061 \def\Emultitable{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3062 \crcr
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3063 \egroup % end the \halign
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3064 \global\setpercentfalse
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3065 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3066
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3067 \def\setmultitablespacing{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3068 \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3069 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3070 % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3071 % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3072 % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3073 % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3074 \ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3075 \setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3076 \global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3077 \fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3078 %% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3079 %% table. If not, do nothing.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3080 %% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3081 \ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3082 \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3083 \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3084 %% than skip between lines in the table.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3085 \fi%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3086 \ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3087 \global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3088 \global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3089 %% than skip between lines in the table.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3090 \fi}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3091
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3092
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3093 \message{conditionals,}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3094
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3095 % @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3096 % @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3097 % attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3098 % have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3099 % attempt to close an environment group.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3100 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3101 \def\makecond#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3102 \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3103 \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3104 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3105 \makecond{iftex}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3106 \makecond{ifnotdocbook}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3107 \makecond{ifnothtml}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3108 \makecond{ifnotinfo}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3109 \makecond{ifnotplaintext}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3110 \makecond{ifnotxml}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3111
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3112 % Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3113 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3114 \def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3115 \def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3116 \def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3117 \def\html{\doignore{html}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3118 \def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
3119 \def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3120 \def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3121 \def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
3122 \def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3123 \def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3124 \def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3125 \def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3126 \def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3127
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3128 % Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3129 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3130 % A count to remember the depth of nesting.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3131 \newcount\doignorecount
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3132
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3133 \def\doignore#1{\begingroup
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3134 % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3135 \obeylines
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3136 \catcode`\@ = \other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3137 \catcode`\{ = \other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3138 \catcode`\} = \other
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3139 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3140 % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3141 \spaceisspace
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3142 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3143 % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3144 \doignorecount = 0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3145 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3146 % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3147 \dodoignore{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3148 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3149
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3150 { \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3151 \obeylines %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3152 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3153 \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3154 % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3155 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3156 % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3157 \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3158 \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3159 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3160 % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3161 % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3162 % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3163 \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3164 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3165 % And now expand that command.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3166 \doignoretext ^^M%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3167 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3168 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3169
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3170 \def\doignoreyyy#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3171 \def\temp{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3172 \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3173 \let\next\doignoretextzzz
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3174 \else % Found a nested condition, ...
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3175 \advance\doignorecount by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3176 \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3177 % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
3178 \fi
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3179 \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3180 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3181
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3182 % We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3183 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3184 \def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3185 \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3186 \let\next\enddoignore
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3187 \else % Still inside a nested condition.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3188 \advance\doignorecount by -1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3189 \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3190 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3191 \next
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3192 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3193
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3194 % Finish off ignored text.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3195 { \obeylines%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3196 % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3197 % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3198 % would result in a blank line in the output.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3199 \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3200 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3201
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3202
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3203 % @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3204 % @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3205 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3206 % Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3207 % empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3208 % own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3209 % didn't need it.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3210 % We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3211 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3212 \parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3213 \def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3214 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3215 \makevalueexpandable
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3216 \def\temp{#2}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3217 \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3218 \ifx\temp\empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3219 \next{}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3220 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3221 \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3222 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3223 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3224 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3225 % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3226 \def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3227
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3228 % @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3229 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3230 \parseargdef\clear{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3231 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3232 \makevalueexpandable
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3233 \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3234 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3235 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3236
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3237 % @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3238 \def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3239 \def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3240 {
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3241 \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3242 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3243 \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3244 \let\value = \expandablevalue
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3245 % We don't want these characters active, ...
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3246 \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3247 % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3248 % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3249 % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3250 \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3251 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3252 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3253
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3254 % We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3255 % properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3256 % The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3257 % the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3258 % variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3259 % it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3260 % to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3261 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3262 \def\expandablevalue#1{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3263 \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3264 {[No value for ``#1'']}%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3265 \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3266 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3267 \csname SET#1\endcsname
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3268 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3269 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3270
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3271 % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3272 % with @set.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3273 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3274 % To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3275 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3276 \makecond{ifset}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3277 \def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3278 \def\doifset#1#2{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3279 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3280 \makevalueexpandable
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3281 \let\next=\empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3282 \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3283 #1% If not set, redefine \next.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3284 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3285 \expandafter
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3286 }\next
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3287 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3288 \def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3289
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3290 % @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3291 % defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3292 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3293 % The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3294 % above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3295 % then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3296 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3297 \makecond{ifclear}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3298 \def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3299 \def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3300
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3301 % @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3302 % which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3303 \let\dircategory=\comment
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3304
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3305 % @defininfoenclose.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3306 \let\definfoenclose=\comment
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3307
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3308
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3309 \message{indexing,}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3310 % Index generation facilities
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3311
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3312 % Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3313 % except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3314 \edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3315
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3316 % \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3317 % It automatically defines \fooindex such that
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3318 % \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3319 % It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3320 % the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3321 % The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3322 % for the sake of vms.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3323 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3324 \def\newindex#1{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3325 \iflinks
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3326 \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3327 \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3328 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3329 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3330 \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3331 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3332
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3333 % @defindex foo == \newindex{foo}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3334 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3335 \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3336
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3337 % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3338 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3339 \def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3340 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3341 \def\newcodeindex#1{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3342 \iflinks
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3343 \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3344 \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3345 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3346 \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3347 \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3348 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3349
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3350
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3351 % @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3352 % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
3353 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3354 % @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3355 % inside @code.
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
3356 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3357 \def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3358 \def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3359
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3360 % #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3361 % #3 the target index (bar).
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3362 \def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3363 % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3364 % closing the target index.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3365 \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3366 % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3367 % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3368 \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3369 \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3370 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3371 % redefine \fooindfile:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3372 \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3373 \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3374 % redefine \fooindex:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3375 \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3376 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3377
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3378 % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3379 % Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3380 % and it is "foo", the name of the index.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3381
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3382 % \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3383 % This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3384
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3385 % There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3386 % which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3387
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3388 \def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3389 \def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3390
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3391 % like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3392 \def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3393 \def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3394
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3395 % Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3396 % Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3397 % we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
3398 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3399 \def\indexdummies{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3400 \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3401 \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3402 \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
71093
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3403 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3404 % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3405 % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3406 % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3407 \let\{ = \mylbrace
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3408 \let\} = \myrbrace
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3409 %
71093
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3410 % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3411 % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3412 % causes processing to be prematurely terminated. This is,
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3413 % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3414 % is an expandable command. The redefinition below makes \endinput
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3415 % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3416 % processing continues to some further point. On the other hand, it
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3417 % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3418 % is still getting written without apparent harm.
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3419 %
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3420 % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3421 % help-texinfo, 22may06):
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3422 % @macro funindex {WORD}
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3423 % @findex xyz
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3424 % @end macro
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3425 % ...
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3426 % @funindex commtest
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3427 %
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3428 % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor.
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3429 %
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3430 % Sample whatsit resulting:
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3431 % .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}}
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3432 %
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3433 % So:
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3434 \let\endinput = \empty
6155393edd3b autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 70570
diff changeset
3435 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3436 % Do the redefinitions.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3437 \commondummies
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3438 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3439
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3440 % For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3441 % redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3442 % \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3443 % this will be simpler.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3444 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3445 \def\atdummies{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3446 \def\@{@@}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3447 \def\ {@ }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3448 \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3449 \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3450 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3451 % Do the redefinitions.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3452 \commondummies
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3453 \otherbackslash
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3454 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3455
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3456 % Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3457 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3458 \def\commondummies{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3459 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3460 % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3461 % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control% words,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3462 % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3463 % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3464 % from whatever follows.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3465 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3466 % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3467 % space.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3468 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3469 % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3470 % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3471 % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3472 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3473 \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3474 \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3475 \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3476 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3477 \commondummiesnofonts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3478 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3479 \definedummyletter\_%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3480 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3481 % Non-English letters.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3482 \definedummyword\AA
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3483 \definedummyword\AE
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3484 \definedummyword\L
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3485 \definedummyword\OE
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3486 \definedummyword\O
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3487 \definedummyword\aa
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3488 \definedummyword\ae
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3489 \definedummyword\l
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3490 \definedummyword\oe
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3491 \definedummyword\o
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3492 \definedummyword\ss
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3493 \definedummyword\exclamdown
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3494 \definedummyword\questiondown
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3495 \definedummyword\ordf
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3496 \definedummyword\ordm
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3497 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3498 % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3499 \definedummyword\bf
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3500 \definedummyword\gtr
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3501 \definedummyword\hat
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3502 \definedummyword\less
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3503 \definedummyword\sf
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3504 \definedummyword\sl
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3505 \definedummyword\tclose
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3506 \definedummyword\tt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3507 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3508 \definedummyword\LaTeX
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3509 \definedummyword\TeX
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3510 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3511 % Assorted special characters.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3512 \definedummyword\bullet
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3513 \definedummyword\comma
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3514 \definedummyword\copyright
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3515 \definedummyword\registeredsymbol
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3516 \definedummyword\dots
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3517 \definedummyword\enddots
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3518 \definedummyword\equiv
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3519 \definedummyword\error
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3520 \definedummyword\euro
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3521 \definedummyword\expansion
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3522 \definedummyword\minus
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3523 \definedummyword\pounds
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3524 \definedummyword\point
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3525 \definedummyword\print
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3526 \definedummyword\result
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3527 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3528 % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3529 \macrolist
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3530 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3531 \normalturnoffactive
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3532 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3533 % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3534 % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3535 \makevalueexpandable
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3536 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3537
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3538 % \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3539 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3540 \def\commondummiesnofonts{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3541 % Control letters and accents.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3542 \definedummyletter\!%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3543 \definedummyaccent\"%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3544 \definedummyaccent\'%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3545 \definedummyletter\*%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3546 \definedummyaccent\,%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3547 \definedummyletter\.%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3548 \definedummyletter\/%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3549 \definedummyletter\:%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3550 \definedummyaccent\=%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3551 \definedummyletter\?%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3552 \definedummyaccent\^%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3553 \definedummyaccent\`%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3554 \definedummyaccent\~%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3555 \definedummyword\u
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3556 \definedummyword\v
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3557 \definedummyword\H
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3558 \definedummyword\dotaccent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3559 \definedummyword\ringaccent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3560 \definedummyword\tieaccent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3561 \definedummyword\ubaraccent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3562 \definedummyword\udotaccent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3563 \definedummyword\dotless
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3564 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3565 % Texinfo font commands.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3566 \definedummyword\b
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3567 \definedummyword\i
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3568 \definedummyword\r
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3569 \definedummyword\sc
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3570 \definedummyword\t
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3571 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3572 % Commands that take arguments.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3573 \definedummyword\acronym
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3574 \definedummyword\cite
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3575 \definedummyword\code
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3576 \definedummyword\command
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3577 \definedummyword\dfn
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3578 \definedummyword\emph
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3579 \definedummyword\env
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3580 \definedummyword\file
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3581 \definedummyword\kbd
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3582 \definedummyword\key
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3583 \definedummyword\math
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3584 \definedummyword\option
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3585 \definedummyword\pxref
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3586 \definedummyword\ref
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3587 \definedummyword\samp
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3588 \definedummyword\strong
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3589 \definedummyword\tie
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3590 \definedummyword\uref
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3591 \definedummyword\url
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3592 \definedummyword\var
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3593 \definedummyword\verb
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3594 \definedummyword\w
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3595 \definedummyword\xref
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3596 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3597
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3598 % \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3599 % by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3600 % control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3601 % would be for a given command (usually its argument).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3602 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3603 \def\indexnofonts{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3604 % Accent commands should become @asis.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3605 \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3606 % We can just ignore other control letters.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3607 \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3608 % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3609 \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3610 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3611 \commondummiesnofonts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3612 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3613 % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3614 % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3615 % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3616 %\let\tt=\asis
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3617 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3618 \def\ { }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3619 \def\@{@}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3620 % how to handle braces?
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3621 \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3622 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3623 % Non-English letters.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3624 \def\AA{AA}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3625 \def\AE{AE}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3626 \def\L{L}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3627 \def\OE{OE}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3628 \def\O{O}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3629 \def\aa{aa}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3630 \def\ae{ae}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3631 \def\l{l}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3632 \def\oe{oe}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3633 \def\o{o}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3634 \def\ss{ss}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3635 \def\exclamdown{!}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3636 \def\questiondown{?}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3637 \def\ordf{a}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3638 \def\ordm{o}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3639 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3640 \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3641 \def\TeX{TeX}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3642 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3643 % Assorted special characters.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3644 % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3645 \def\bullet{bullet}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3646 \def\comma{,}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3647 \def\copyright{copyright}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3648 \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3649 \def\dots{...}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3650 \def\enddots{...}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3651 \def\equiv{==}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3652 \def\error{error}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3653 \def\euro{euro}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3654 \def\expansion{==>}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3655 \def\minus{-}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3656 \def\pounds{pounds}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3657 \def\point{.}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3658 \def\print{-|}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3659 \def\result{=>}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3660 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3661 % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3662 % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3663 % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3664 % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3665 % that starts with \.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3666 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3667 % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3668 % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3669 % goes to end-of-line is not handled.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3670 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3671 \macrolist
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3672 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3673
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3674 \let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3675 \let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3676
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3677 % Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3678 % #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3679 \def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3680
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3681 % Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3682 % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3683 % empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3684 % is with most defuns, which call us directly).
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3685 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3686 \def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3687 \iflinks
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3688 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3689 % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3690 \toks0 = {#2}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3691 % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3692 \def\thirdarg{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3693 \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3694 \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3695 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3696 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3697 \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3698 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3699 \ifvmode
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3700 \dosubindsanitize
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3701 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3702 \dosubindwrite
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3703 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3704 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3705 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3706 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3707
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3708 % Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3709 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3710 \def\dosubindwrite{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3711 % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3712 \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3713 \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3714 \fi
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3715 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3716 % Remember, we are within a group.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3717 \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3718 \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3719 % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3720 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3721 % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3722 % get the string to sort by.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3723 {\indexnofonts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3724 \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3725 \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3726 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3727 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3728 % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3729 % the original text, including any font commands. We write
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3730 % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3731 % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3732 % sorted result.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3733 \edef\temp{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3734 \write\writeto{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3735 \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3736 }%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3737 \temp
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3738 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3739
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3740 % Take care of unwanted page breaks:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3741 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3742 % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3743 % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3744 % the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3745 % \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3746 % like this:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3747 % @end defun
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3748 % @tindex whatever
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3749 % @defun ...
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3750 % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3751 % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3752 % the previous defun.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3753 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3754 % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3755 % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3756 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3757 % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3758 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3759 % But wait, there is a catch there:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3760 % We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3761 % sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3762 % of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3763 % representation of the skip.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3764 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3765 % The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3766 % the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3767 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3768 \edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3769 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3770 % ..., ready, GO:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3771 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3772 \def\dosubindsanitize{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3773 % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3774 \skip0 = \lastskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3775 \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3776 \count255 = \lastpenalty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3777 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3778 % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3779 % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3780 % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3781 % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3782 % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3783 \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3784 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3785 \vskip-\skip0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3786 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3787 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3788 \dosubindwrite
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3789 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3790 \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3791 % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3792 % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3793 % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3794 % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3795 % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3796 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3797 % @deffn deffn-whatever
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3798 % @vindex index-whatever
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3799 % Description.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3800 % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3801 % and the "Description." paragraph.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3802 \ifnum\count255>9999 \penalty\count255 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3803 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3804 % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3805 % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3806 % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3807 \nobreak\vskip\skip0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3808 \fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3809 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3810
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3811 % The index entry written in the file actually looks like
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3812 % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3813 % or
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3814 % \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3815 % The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3816 % containing these kinds of lines:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3817 % \initial {c}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3818 % before the first topic whose initial is c
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3819 % \entry {topic}{pagelist}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3820 % for a topic that is used without subtopics
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3821 % \primary {topic}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3822 % for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3823 % \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3824 % for each subtopic.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3825
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3826 % Define the user-accessible indexing commands
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3827 % @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3828
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3829 \def\findex {\fnindex}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3830 \def\kindex {\kyindex}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3831 \def\cindex {\cpindex}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3832 \def\vindex {\vrindex}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3833 \def\tindex {\tpindex}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3834 \def\pindex {\pgindex}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3835
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3836 \def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3837 {\obeylines %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3838 \gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3839 \dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3840
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3841 % Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3842
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3843 % @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3844 % It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3845 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3846 \parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3847 \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3848 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3849 \smallfonts \rm
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3850 \tolerance = 9500
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3851 \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3852 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3853 % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3854 % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3855 % \initial {@}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3856 % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3857 % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3858 \catcode`\@ = 11
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3859 \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3860 \ifeof 1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3861 % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3862 % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3863 % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3864 % there is some text.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3865 \putwordIndexNonexistent
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3866 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3867 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3868 % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3869 % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3870 % it can discover if there is anything in it.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3871 \read 1 to \temp
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3872 \ifeof 1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3873 \putwordIndexIsEmpty
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3874 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3875 % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3876 % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3877 % to make right now.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3878 \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3879 \catcode`\\ = 0
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3880 \escapechar = `\\
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3881 \begindoublecolumns
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3882 \input \jobname.#1s
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3883 \enddoublecolumns
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3884 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3885 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3886 \closein 1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3887 \endgroup}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3888
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3889 % These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3890 % Change them to control the appearance of the index.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3891
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3892 \def\initial#1{{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3893 % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3894 \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3895 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3896 % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3897 \removelastskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3898 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3899 % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3900 \nobreak
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3901 \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3902 \penalty 0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3903 \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3904 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3905 % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3906 % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3907 % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3908 % we need before each entry, but it's better.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3909 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3910 % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3911 \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3912 \leftline{\secbf #1}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3913 % Do our best not to break after the initial.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3914 \nobreak
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3915 \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3916 }}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3917
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3918 % \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3919 % then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3920 % and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3921 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3922 % A straightforward implementation would start like this:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3923 % \def\entry#1#2{...
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3924 % But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3925 % @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge---
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3926 % ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3927 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3928 % The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3929 % --kasal, 21nov03
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3930 \def\entry{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3931 \begingroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3932 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3933 % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3934 % affect previous text.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3935 \par
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3936 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3937 % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3938 \parfillskip = 0in
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3939 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3940 % No extra space above this paragraph.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3941 \parskip = 0in
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3942 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3943 % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3944 \finalhyphendemerits = 0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3945 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3946 % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3947 % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3948 % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3949 % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3950 % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3951 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3952 % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3953 % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3954 \hangindent = 2em
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3955 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3956 % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3957 % with blank space.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3958 \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3959 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3960 % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3961 % columns.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3962 \vskip 0pt plus1pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3963 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3964 % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3965 \afterassignment\doentry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3966 \let\temp =
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3967 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3968 \def\doentry{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3969 \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3970 \noindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3971 \aftergroup\finishentry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3972 % And now comes the text of the entry.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3973 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3974 \def\finishentry#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3975 % #1 is the page number.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3976 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3977 % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3978 % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3979 % cursed by a Unix daemon.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3980 \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3981 \def\tempb{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3982 \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3983 \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3984 \ifx\tempc\tempd
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3985 \ %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3986 \else
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3987 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3988 % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3989 % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3990 % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3991 \hfil\penalty50
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3992 \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3993 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3994 % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3995 % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3996 % \hbox ensues.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3997 \ifpdf
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3998 \pdfgettoks#1.%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
3999 \ \the\toksA
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4000 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4001 \ #1%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4002 \fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4003 \fi
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4004 \par
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4005 \endgroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4006 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4007
71493
cf0c35ec7c54 autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 71093
diff changeset
4008 % Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4009 \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
71493
cf0c35ec7c54 autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 71093
diff changeset
4010 \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4011
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4012 \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4013
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4014 \newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4015 \def\secondary#1#2{{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4016 \parfillskip=0in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4017 \parskip=0in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4018 \hangindent=1in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4019 \hangafter=1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4020 \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4021 \ifpdf
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4022 \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4023 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4024 #2
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4025 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4026 \par
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4027 }}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4028
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4029 % Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4030 % Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4031 % the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4032 \catcode`\@=11
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4033
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4034 \newbox\partialpage
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4035 \newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4036
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4037 \def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4038 % Grab any single-column material above us.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4039 \output = {%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4040 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4041 % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4042 % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4043 % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4044 % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4045 % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4046 % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4047 % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4048 \ifvoid\partialpage \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4049 \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4050 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4051 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4052 \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4053 % Unvbox the main output page.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4054 \unvbox\PAGE
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4055 \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4056 }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4057 }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4058 \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4059 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4060 % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4061 \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4062 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4063 % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4064 % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4065 % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4066 % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4067 % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4068 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4069 % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4070 % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4071 % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4072 % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4073 % as it did when we hard-coded it.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4074 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4075 % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4076 % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4077 % been clobbered.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4078 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4079 \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4080 \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4081 \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4082 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4083 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4084 % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4085 % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4086 \vsize = 2\vsize
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4087 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4088
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4089 % The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4090 % the last.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4091 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4092 \def\doublecolumnout{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4093 \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4094 % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4095 % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4096 % previous page.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4097 \dimen@ = \vsize
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4098 \divide\dimen@ by 2
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4099 \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4100 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4101 % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4102 \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4103 \onepageout\pagesofar
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4104 \unvbox255
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4105 \penalty\outputpenalty
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4106 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4107 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4108 % Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4109 % followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4110 \def\pagesofar{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4111 \unvbox\partialpage
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4112 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4113 \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4114 \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4115 \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4116 }
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
4117 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4118 % All done with double columns.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4119 \def\enddoublecolumns{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4120 \output = {%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4121 % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4122 % current page, no automatic page break.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4123 \balancecolumns
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4124 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4125 % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4126 % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4127 % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4128 % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4129 % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4130 % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4131 % the output somewhat more palatable.)
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4132 \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4133 }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4134 \eject
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4135 \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4136 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4137 % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4138 % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4139 % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4140 % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4141 \pagegoal = \vsize
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4142 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4143 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4144 % Called at the end of the double column material.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4145 \def\balancecolumns{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4146 \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4147 \dimen@ = \ht0
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4148 \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4149 \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4150 \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4151 %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4152 \splittopskip = \topskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4153 % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4154 {%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4155 \vbadness = 10000
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4156 \loop
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4157 \global\setbox3 = \copy0
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4158 \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4159 \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4160 \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4161 \repeat
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4162 }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4163 %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4164 \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4165 \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4166 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4167 \pagesofar
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4168 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4169 \catcode`\@ = \other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4170
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4171
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4172 \message{sectioning,}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4173 % Chapters, sections, etc.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4174
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4175 % \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4176 % sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4177 % outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4178 % numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4179 % chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4180 \newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4181 \newcount\chapno
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4182 \newcount\secno \secno=0
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4183 \newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4184 \newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4185
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4186 % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4187 \newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4188 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4189 % \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4190 % We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4191 % construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4192 % letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4193 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4194 \def\appendixletter{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4195 \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4196 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4197 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4198 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4199 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4200 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4201 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4202 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4203 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4204 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4205 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4206 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4207 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4208 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4209 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4210 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4211 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4212 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4213 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4214 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4215 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4216 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4217 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4218 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4219 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4220 \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4221 % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4222 % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4223 % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4224 % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4225 \else\char\the\appendixno
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4226 \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4227 \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4228
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4229 % Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4230 % page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4231 % However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4232 \def\thischapter{}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4233 \def\thissection{}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4234
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4235 \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4236 \newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4237
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4238 % @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4239 \def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4240 \let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4241
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4242 % @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4243 \def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4244 \let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4245
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4246 % we only have subsub.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4247 \chardef\maxseclevel = 3
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4248 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4249 % A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4250 % To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4251 \chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4252 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4253 % Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4254 % \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4255 \def\chapheadtype{N}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4256
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4257 % Choose a heading macro
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4258 % #1 is heading type
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4259 % #2 is heading level
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4260 % #3 is text for heading
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4261 \def\genhead#1#2#3{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4262 % Compute the abs. sec. level:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4263 \absseclevel=#2
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4264 \advance\absseclevel by \secbase
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4265 % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4266 \ifnum \absseclevel < 0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4267 \absseclevel = 0
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4268 \else
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4269 \ifnum \absseclevel > 3
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4270 \absseclevel = 3
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4271 \fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4272 \fi
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4273 % The heading type:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4274 \def\headtype{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4275 \if \headtype U%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4276 \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4277 \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4278 \fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4279 \else
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4280 % Check for appendix sections:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4281 \ifnum \absseclevel = 0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4282 \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4283 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4284 \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4285 \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4286 \fi\fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4287 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4288 % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4289 \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4290 \def\headtype{U}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4291 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4292 \chardef\unmlevel = 3
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4293 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4294 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4295 % Now print the heading:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4296 \if \headtype U%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4297 \ifcase\absseclevel
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4298 \unnumberedzzz{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4299 \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4300 \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4301 \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4302 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4303 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4304 \if \headtype A%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4305 \ifcase\absseclevel
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4306 \appendixzzz{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4307 \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4308 \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4309 \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4310 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4311 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4312 \ifcase\absseclevel
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4313 \chapterzzz{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4314 \or \seczzz{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4315 \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4316 \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4317 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4318 \fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4319 \fi
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4320 \suppressfirstparagraphindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4321 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4322
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4323 % an interface:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4324 \def\numhead{\genhead N}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4325 \def\apphead{\genhead A}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4326 \def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4327
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4328 % @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4329 % all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4330 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4331 % Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4332 % (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4333 \let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4334 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4335 \outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4336 \def\chapterzzz#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4337 % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4338 % as an @include file.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4339 \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4340 \global\advance\chapno by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4341 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4342 % Used for \float.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4343 \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4344 \resetallfloatnos
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4345 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4346 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4347 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4348 % Write the actual heading.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4349 \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4350 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4351 % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4352 \global\let\section = \numberedsec
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4353 \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4354 \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4355 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4356
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4357 \outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4358 \def\appendixzzz#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4359 \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4360 \global\advance\appendixno by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4361 \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4362 \resetallfloatnos
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4363 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4364 \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4365 \message{\appendixnum}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4366 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4367 \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4368 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4369 \global\let\section = \appendixsec
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4370 \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4371 \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4372 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4373
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4374 \outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4375 \def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4376 \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4377 \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4378 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4379 % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4380 \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4381 \resetallfloatnos
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4382 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4383 % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4384 % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4385 % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4386 % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4387 % to be executed, not expanded).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4388 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4389 % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4390 % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4391 % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4392 % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4393 % the toc entries.)
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4394 \toks0 = {#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4395 \message{(\the\toks0)}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4396 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4397 \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4398 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4399 \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4400 \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4401 \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4402 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4403
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4404 % @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4405 \outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4406 % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4407 % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4408 % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4409 \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4410 \unnmhead0{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4411 \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4412 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4413
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4414 % @top is like @unnumbered.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4415 \let\top\unnumbered
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4416
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4417 % Sections.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4418 \outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4419 \def\seczzz#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4420 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4421 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4422 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4423
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4424 \outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4425 \def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4426 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4427 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4428 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4429 \let\appendixsec\appendixsection
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4430
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4431 \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4432 \def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4433 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4434 \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4435 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4436
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4437 % Subsections.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4438 \outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4439 \def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4440 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4441 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4442 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4443
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4444 \outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4445 \def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4446 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4447 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4448 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4449 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4450
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4451 \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4452 \def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4453 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4454 \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4455 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4456 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4457
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4458 % Subsubsections.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4459 \outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4460 \def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4461 \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4462 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4463 {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4464 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4465
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4466 \outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4467 \def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4468 \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4469 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4470 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4471 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4472
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4473 \outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4474 \def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4475 \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4476 \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4477 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4478 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4479
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4480 % These macros control what the section commands do, according
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4481 % to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4482 % Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4483 \let\section = \numberedsec
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4484 \let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4485 \let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4486
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4487 % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4488
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4489 % NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4490 % 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4491 % overlong headings to fold.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4492 % 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4493 % heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4494 % 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4495 % if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4496
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4497
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4498 \def\majorheading{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4499 {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4500 \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4501 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4502
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4503 \def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4504 \def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4505 {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4506 \parindent=0pt\raggedright
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4507 \rm #1\hfill}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4508 \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4509 \suppressfirstparagraphindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4510 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4511
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4512 % @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4513 \parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4514 \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4515 \parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4516 \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4517 \parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4518 \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4519
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4520 % These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4521 % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4522 % given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4523
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4524 %%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4525 \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4526
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4527 %%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4528 % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4529
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4530 \newskip\chapheadingskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4531
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4532 \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4533 \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4534 \def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4535
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4536 \def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4537
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4538 \def\CHAPPAGoff{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4539 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4540 \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4541 \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4542
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4543 \def\CHAPPAGon{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4544 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4545 \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4546 \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4547 \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4548
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4549 \def\CHAPPAGodd{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4550 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4551 \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4552 \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4553 \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4554
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4555 \CHAPPAGon
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4556
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4557 % Chapter opening.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4558 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4559 % #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4560 % Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4561 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4562 % To test against our argument.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4563 \def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4564 \def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4565 \def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4566 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4567 \def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4568 \pchapsepmacro
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4569 {%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4570 \chapfonts \rm
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4571 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4572 % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4573 % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4574 % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4575 \gdef\thissection{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4576 \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4577 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4578 % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4579 % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4580 \def\temptype{#2}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4581 \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4582 \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4583 \def\toctype{unnchap}%
71493
cf0c35ec7c54 autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 71093
diff changeset
4584 \gdef\thischapternum{}%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4585 \gdef\thischapter{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4586 \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4587 \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4588 \def\toctype{omit}%
71493
cf0c35ec7c54 autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 71093
diff changeset
4589 \gdef\thischapternum{}%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4590 \gdef\thischapter{}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4591 \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4592 \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4593 \def\toctype{app}%
71493
cf0c35ec7c54 autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 71093
diff changeset
4594 \xdef\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4595 % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4596 % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4597 % use \thissection because that changes with each section.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4598 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4599 \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4600 \noexpand\thischaptername}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4601 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4602 \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4603 \def\toctype{numchap}%
71493
cf0c35ec7c54 autoupdate
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 71093
diff changeset
4604 \xdef\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4605 \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4606 \noexpand\thischaptername}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4607 \fi\fi\fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4608 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4609 % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4610 % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4611 % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4612 \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4613 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4614 % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4615 % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4616 % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4617 % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4618 % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4619 \donoderef{#2}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4620 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4621 % Typeset the actual heading.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4622 \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4623 \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4624 \unhbox0 #1\par}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4625 }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4626 \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4627 \nobreak
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4628 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4629
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4630 % @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4631 \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4632 \def\centerparameters{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4633 \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4634 \leftskip = \rightskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4635 \parfillskip = 0pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4636 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4637
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4638
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4639 % I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4640 % updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4641 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4642 \def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4643 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4644 \def\unnchfopen #1{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4645 \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4646 \parindent=0pt\raggedright
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4647 \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4648 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4649 \def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4650 \vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4651 \par\penalty 5000 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4652 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4653 \def\centerchfopen #1{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4654 \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4655 \parindent=0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4656 \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4657 }
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4658 \def\CHAPFopen{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4659 \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4660 \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4661
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4662
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4663 % Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4664 % call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4665 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4666 \newskip\secheadingskip
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4667 \def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4668
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4669 % Subsection titles.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4670 \newskip\subsecheadingskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4671 \def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4672
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4673 % Subsubsection titles.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4674 \def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4675 \def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4676
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4677
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4678 % Print any size, any type, section title.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4679 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4680 % #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4681 % the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4682 % section number.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4683 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4684 \def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4685 {%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4686 % Switch to the right set of fonts.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4687 \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4688 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4689 % Insert space above the heading.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4690 \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4691 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4692 % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4693 \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4694 \def\temptype{#3}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4695 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4696 \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4697 \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4698 \def\toctype{unn}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4699 \gdef\thissection{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4700 \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4701 % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4702 % and don't redefine \thissection.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4703 \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4704 \def\toctype{omit}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4705 \let\sectionlevel=\empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4706 \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4707 \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4708 \def\toctype{app}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4709 \gdef\thissection{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4710 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4711 \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4712 \def\toctype{num}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4713 \gdef\thissection{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4714 \fi\fi\fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4715 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4716 % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chapmacro.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4717 \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4718 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4719 % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4720 % Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4721 \donoderef{#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4722 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4723 % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4724 % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4725 % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4726 % \writetocentry if there was no node). We don't want to allow that
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4727 % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4728 % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong. Debian bug 276000.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4729 \nobreak
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4730 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4731 % Output the actual section heading.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4732 \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4733 \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4734 \unhbox0 #1}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4735 }%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4736 % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4737 % Don't allow stretch, though.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4738 \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4739 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4740 % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4741 % was followed by glue.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4742 \nobreak
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4743 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4744 % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4745 % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4746 % discardable item.)
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4747 \vskip-\parskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4748 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4749 % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty >
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4750 % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4751 % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4752 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4753 % @section sec-whatever
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4754 % @deffn def-whatever
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4755 \penalty 10001
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4756 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4757
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4758
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4759 \message{toc,}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4760 % Table of contents.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4761 \newwrite\tocfile
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4762
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4763 % Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4764 % Called from @chapter, etc.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4765 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4766 % Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4767 % We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4768 % arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4769 % read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4770 % destination to jump to.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4771 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4772 % We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4773 % any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4774 % But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4775 % table of contents chapter openings themselves.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4776 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4777 \newif\iftocfileopened
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4778 \def\omitkeyword{omit}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4779 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4780 \def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4781 \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4782 \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4783 \iftocfileopened\else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4784 \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4785 \global\tocfileopenedtrue
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4786 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4787 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4788 \iflinks
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4789 {\atdummies
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4790 \edef\temp{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4791 \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4792 \temp
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4793 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4794 \fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4795 \fi
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4796 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4797 % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4798 % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4799 % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4800 % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4801 % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4802 % `1', and two named `2'.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4803 \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4804 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4805
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4806
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4807 % These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4808 % fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4809 % with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4810 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4811 \def\activecatcodes{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4812 \catcode`\"=\active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4813 \catcode`\$=\active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4814 \catcode`\<=\active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4815 \catcode`\>=\active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4816 \catcode`\\=\active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4817 \catcode`\^=\active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4818 \catcode`\_=\active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4819 \catcode`\|=\active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4820 \catcode`\~=\active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4821 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4822
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4823
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4824 % Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4825 \def\readtocfile{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4826 \setupdatafile
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4827 \activecatcodes
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4828 \input \jobname.toc
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4829 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4830
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4831 \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4832 \newcount\savepageno
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4833 \newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4834
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4835 % Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4836 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4837 \def\startcontents#1{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4838 % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4839 % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4840 % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4841 % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4842 \contentsalignmacro
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4843 \immediate\closeout\tocfile
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4844 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4845 % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4846 % It is abundantly clear what they are.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4847 \def\thischapter{}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4848 \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4849 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4850 \savepageno = \pageno
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4851 \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4852 \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4853 \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4854 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4855 % Roman numerals for page numbers.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4856 \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4857 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4858
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4859
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4860 % Normal (long) toc.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4861 \def\contents{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4862 \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4863 \openin 1 \jobname.toc
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4864 \ifeof 1 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4865 \readtocfile
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4866 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4867 \vfill \eject
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4868 \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4869 \ifeof 1 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4870 \pdfmakeoutlines
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4871 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4872 \closein 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4873 \endgroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4874 \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4875 \global\pageno = \savepageno
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4876 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4877
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4878 % And just the chapters.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4879 \def\summarycontents{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4880 \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4881 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4882 \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4883 \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4884 \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4885 % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4886 \secfonts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4887 \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4888 \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4889 \rm
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4890 \hyphenpenalty = 10000
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4891 \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4892 \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4893 \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4894 \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4895 \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4896 \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4897 \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4898 \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4899 \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4900 \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4901 \openin 1 \jobname.toc
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4902 \ifeof 1 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4903 \readtocfile
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4904 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4905 \closein 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4906 \vfill \eject
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4907 \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4908 \endgroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4909 \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4910 \global\pageno = \savepageno
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4911 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4912 \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4913
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4914 % Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4915 % The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4916 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4917 \def\shortchaplabel#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4918 % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4919 % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4920 % But use \hss just in case.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4921 % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4922 % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4923 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4924 % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4925 % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4926 % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4927 % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4928 % there are before deciding ...
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4929 \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4930 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4931
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4932 % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4933 % The first argument is the chapter or section name.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4934 % The last argument is the page number.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4935 % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4936
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
4937 % Chapters, in the main contents.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4938 \def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
4939 %
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
4940 % Chapters, in the short toc.
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
4941 % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4942 \def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4943 \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4944 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4945
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
4946 % Appendices, in the main contents.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4947 % Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4948 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4949 \def\appendixbox#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4950 % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4951 \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4952 \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4953 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4954 \def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
4955
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
4956 % Unnumbered chapters.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4957 \def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4958 \def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4959
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4960 % Sections.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4961 \def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4962 \let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4963 \def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4964
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4965 % Subsections.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4966 \def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4967 \let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4968 \def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4969
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4970 % And subsubsections.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4971 \def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4972 \let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4973 \def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4974
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4975 % This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4976 % Same as \defaultparindent.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
4977 \newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4978
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4979 % Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4980 % page number.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4981 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4982 % If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4983 % if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4984 \def\dochapentry#1#2{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4985 \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4986 \begingroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4987 \chapentryfonts
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4988 \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4989 \endgroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4990 \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4991 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4992
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4993 \def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4994 \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4995 \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4996 \endgroup}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4997
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4998 \def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4999 \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5000 \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5001 \endgroup}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5002
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5003 \def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5004 \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5005 \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5006 \endgroup}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5007
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5008 % We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5009 \let\tocentry = \entry
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5010
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5011 % Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5012 \def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5013
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5014 \def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5015 \def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5016
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5017 \def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5018 \def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5019 \def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5020 \def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5021
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5022
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5023 \message{environments,}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5024 % @foo ... @end foo.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5025
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5026 % @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
5027 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5028 % Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5029 % \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5030 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5031 \def\point{$\star$}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5032 \def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5033 \def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5034 \def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5035 \def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5036
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5037 % The @error{} command.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5038 % Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
5039 %
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5040 \newbox\errorbox
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5041 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5042 {\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5043 \dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5044 % The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5045 \setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5046 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5047 \setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5048 \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5049 \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5050 \vbox{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5051 \hrule height\dimen2
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5052 \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5053 \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5054 \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5055 \hrule height\dimen2}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5056 \hfil}
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5057 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5058 \def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5059
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5060 % @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5061 % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5062 % But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5063
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5064 \envdef\tex{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5065 \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5066 \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5067 \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5068 \catcode `\%=14
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5069 \catcode `\+=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5070 \catcode `\"=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5071 \catcode `\|=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5072 \catcode `\<=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5073 \catcode `\>=\other
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5074 \escapechar=`\\
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5075 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5076 \let\b=\ptexb
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5077 \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5078 \let\c=\ptexc
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5079 \let\,=\ptexcomma
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5080 \let\.=\ptexdot
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5081 \let\dots=\ptexdots
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5082 \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5083 \let\!=\ptexexclam
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5084 \let\i=\ptexi
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5085 \let\indent=\ptexindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5086 \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5087 \let\{=\ptexlbrace
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5088 \let\+=\tabalign
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5089 \let\}=\ptexrbrace
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5090 \let\/=\ptexslash
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5091 \let\*=\ptexstar
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5092 \let\t=\ptext
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5093 \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5094 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5095 \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5096 \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5097 \def\@{@}%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5098 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5099 % There is no need to define \Etex.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5100
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5101 % Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5102 % @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5103 % including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5104
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5105 % Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5106 \newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5107
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5108 % This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5109 % such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5110 % have any width.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5111 \def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5112
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5113 % This space is always present above and below environments.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5114 \newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5115
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5116 % Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5117 % to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5118 % is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5119 % start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5120 %
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5121 \def\aboveenvbreak{{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5122 % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5123 % \sectionheading, q.v.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5124 \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5125 \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5126 \endgraf
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5127 \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5128 \removelastskip
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5129 % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5130 % or better ...
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5131 \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5132 \vskip\envskipamount
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5133 \fi
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5134 \fi
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5135 }}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5136
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5137 \let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5138
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5139 % \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5140 % also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5141 \let\nonarrowing=\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5142
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5143 % @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5144 % environment contents.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5145 \font\circle=lcircle10
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5146 \newdimen\circthick
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5147 \newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5148 \newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5149 \circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5150 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5151 \def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5152 \def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5153 \def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5154 \def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5155 \def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5156 \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5157 \hskip\rskip}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5158 \def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5159 \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5160 \hskip\rskip}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5161 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5162 \newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5163
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5164 \envdef\cartouche{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5165 \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5166 \startsavinginserts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5167 \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5168 \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5169 \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5170 \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5171 \cartouter=\hsize
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5172 \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5173 % side, and for 6pt waste from
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5174 % each corner char, and rule thickness
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5175 \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5176 % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5177 \let\nonarrowing = t%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5178 \vbox\bgroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5179 \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5180 \carttop
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5181 \hbox\bgroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5182 \hskip\lskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5183 \vrule\kern3pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5184 \vbox\bgroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5185 \kern3pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5186 \hsize=\cartinner
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5187 \baselineskip=\normbskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5188 \lineskip=\normlskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5189 \parskip=\normpskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5190 \vskip -\parskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5191 \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5192 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5193 \def\Ecartouche{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5194 \ifhmode\par\fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5195 \kern3pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5196 \egroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5197 \kern3pt\vrule
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5198 \hskip\rskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5199 \egroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5200 \cartbot
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5201 \egroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5202 \checkinserts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5203 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5204
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5205
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5206 % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5207 % inside a group.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5208 \def\nonfillstart{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5209 \aboveenvbreak
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5210 \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5211 \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5212 \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5213 \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5214 \parskip = 0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5215 \parindent = 0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5216 \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5217 \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5218 \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5219 \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5220 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5221 \let\nonarrowing = \relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5222 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5223 \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5224 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5225
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5226 % If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5227 % If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5228 % This affects the following displayed environments:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5229 % @example, @display, @format, @lisp
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5230 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5231 \def\smallword{small}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5232 \def\nosmallword{nosmall}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5233 \let\SETdispenvsize\relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5234 \def\setnormaldispenv{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5235 \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5236 \smallexamplefonts \rm
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5237 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5238 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5239 \def\setsmalldispenv{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5240 \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5241 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5242 \smallexamplefonts \rm
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5243 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5244 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5245
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5246 % We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5247 % Let's do it by one command:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5248 \def\makedispenv #1#2{
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5249 \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5250 \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5251 \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5252 \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5253 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5254
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5255 % Define two synonyms:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5256 \def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5257 \makedispenv{#1}{#3}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5258 \makedispenv{#2}{#3}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5259 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5260
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5261 % @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5262 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5263 % @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5264 % Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5265 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5266 \maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5267 \nonfillstart
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5268 \tt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5269 \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5270 \gobble % eat return
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5271 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5272
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5273 % @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5274 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5275 \makedispenv {display}{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5276 \nonfillstart
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5277 \gobble
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5278 }
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5279
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5280 % @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5281 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5282 \makedispenv{format}{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5283 \let\nonarrowing = t%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5284 \nonfillstart
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5285 \gobble
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5286 }
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5287
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5288 % @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5289 \envdef\flushleft{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5290 \let\nonarrowing = t%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5291 \nonfillstart
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5292 \gobble
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5293 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5294 \let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5295
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5296 % @flushright.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5297 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5298 \envdef\flushright{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5299 \let\nonarrowing = t%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5300 \nonfillstart
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5301 \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5302 \gobble
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5303 }
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5304 \let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5305
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5306
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5307 % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5308 % and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5309 % we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5310 % \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5311 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5312 \envdef\quotation{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5313 {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5314 \parindent=0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5315 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5316 % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5317 \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5318 \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5319 \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5320 \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5321 \else
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5322 \let\nonarrowing = \relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5323 \fi
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5324 \parsearg\quotationlabel
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5325 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5326
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5327 % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5328 % doing normal filling.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5329 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5330 \def\Equotation{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5331 \par
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5332 \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5333 % indent a bit.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5334 \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5335 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5336 {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5337 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5338
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5339 % If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5340 \def\quotationlabel#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5341 \def\temp{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5342 \ifx\temp\empty \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5343 {\bf #1: }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5344 \fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5345 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5346
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5347
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5348 % LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
5349 % If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5350 % we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5351 % `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5352 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5353 % [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5354 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5355 % [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5356 % active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5357 % verbatim line.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5358 \def\dospecials{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5359 \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5360 \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5361 \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5362 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5363 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5364 % [Knuth] p. 380
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5365 \def\uncatcodespecials{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5366 \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5367 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5368 % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5369 % Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5370 \begingroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5371 \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5372 \endgroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5373 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5374 % Setup for the @verb command.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5375 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5376 % Eight spaces for a tab
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5377 \begingroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5378 \catcode`\^^I=\active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5379 \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5380 \endgroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5381 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5382 \def\setupverb{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5383 \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5384 \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5385 \catcode`\`=\active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5386 \tabeightspaces
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5387 % Respect line breaks,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5388 % print special symbols as themselves, and
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5389 % make each space count
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5390 % must do in this order:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5391 \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5392 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5393
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5394 % Setup for the @verbatim environment
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5395 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5396 % Real tab expansion
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5397 \newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5398 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5399 \def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5400 \begingroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5401 \catcode`\^^I=\active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5402 \gdef\tabexpand{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5403 \catcode`\^^I=\active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5404 \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5405 \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5406 \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5407 \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5408 \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5409 \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5410 }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5411 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5412 \endgroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5413 \def\setupverbatim{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5414 \let\nonarrowing = t%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5415 \nonfillstart
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5416 % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5417 \tt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5418 \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5419 \catcode`\`=\active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5420 \tabexpand
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5421 % Respect line breaks,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5422 % print special symbols as themselves, and
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5423 % make each space count
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5424 % must do in this order:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5425 \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5426 \everypar{\starttabbox}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5427 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5428
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
5429 % Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
5430 % delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5431 % right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5432 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5433 % \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5434 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5435 % [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5436 \begingroup
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5437 \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5438 \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5439 \endgroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5440 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5441 \def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5442 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5443 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5444 % Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5445 % the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5446 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5447 % \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5448 %
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
5449 % For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5450 % because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5451 % we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5452 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5453 % Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5454 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5455 \begingroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5456 \catcode`\ =\active
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5457 \obeylines %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5458 % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5459 % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5460 % line in the output.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5461 \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5462 % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5463 % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5464 \endgroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5465 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5466 \envdef\verbatim{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5467 \setupverbatim\doverbatim
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5468 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5469 \let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5470
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5471
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5472 % @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5473 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5474 \def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5475 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5476 \def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5477 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5478 \makevalueexpandable
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5479 \setupverbatim
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5480 \input #1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5481 \afterenvbreak
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5482 }%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5483 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5484
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5485 % @copying ... @end copying.
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5486 % Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
5487 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5488 % We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5489 % Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5490 % typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5491 % beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5492 % file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5493 % possible is very desirable.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5494 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5495 \def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5496 \def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5497 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5498 \def\insertcopying{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5499 \begingroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5500 \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5501 \scanexp\copyingtext
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5502 \endgroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5503 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5504
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5505 \message{defuns,}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5506 % @defun etc.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5507
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5508 \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5509 \newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5510 \newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5511
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5512 % Start the processing of @deffn:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5513 \def\startdefun{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5514 \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5515 \medbreak
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5516 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5517 % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5518 % which is there to keep the function description together with its
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5519 % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5520 % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5521 % by \defargscommonending, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5522 % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5523 % a break between a section heading and a defun.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5524 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5525 \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5526 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5527 % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5528 % But do insert the glue.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5529 \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5530 \fi
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5531 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5532 \parindent=0in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5533 \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5534 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5535 }
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5536
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5537 \def\dodefunx#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5538 % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5539 \checkenv#1%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5540 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5541 % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5542 % It's not a great place, though.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5543 \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5544 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5545 % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5546 \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5547 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5548 \def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5549
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5550 % \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5551 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5552 \def\printdefunline#1#2{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5553 \begingroup
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5554 % call \deffnheader:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5555 #1#2 \endheader
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5556 % common ending:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5557 \interlinepenalty = 10000
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5558 \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5559 \endgraf
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5560 \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5561 \penalty 10002 % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5562 % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5563 % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5564 \checkparencounts
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5565 \endgroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5566 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5567
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5568 \def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5569
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5570 % \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5571 % the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5572 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5573 \def\makedefun#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5574 \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5575 \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5576 \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5577 \temp
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5578 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5579
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5580 % \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5581 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5582 % Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5583 % \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5584 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5585 \def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5586 \envdef#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5587 \startdefun
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5588 \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5589 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5590 \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5591 \def#3%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5592 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5593
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5594 %%% Untyped functions:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5595
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5596 % @deffn category name args
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5597 \makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5598
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5599 % @deffn category class name args
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5600 \makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5601
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5602 % \defopon {category on}class name args
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5603 \def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5604
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5605 % \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5606 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5607 \def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5608 % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5609 \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5610 \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5611 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5612
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5613 %%% Typed functions:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5614
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5615 % @deftypefn category type name args
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5616 \makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5617
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5618 % @deftypeop category class type name args
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5619 \makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5620
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5621 % \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5622 \def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5623
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5624 % \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5625 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5626 \def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5627 \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5628 \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5629 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5630
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5631 %%% Typed variables:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5632
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5633 % @deftypevr category type var args
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5634 \makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5635
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5636 % @deftypecv category class type var args
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5637 \makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5638
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5639 % \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5640 \def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5641
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5642 % \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5643 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5644 \def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5645 \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5646 \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5647 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5648
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5649 %%% Untyped variables:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5650
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5651 % @defvr category var args
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5652 \makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5653
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5654 % @defcv category class var args
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5655 \makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5656
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5657 % \defcvof {category of}class var args
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5658 \def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5659
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5660 %%% Type:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5661 % @deftp category name args
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5662 \makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5663 \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5664 \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5665 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5666
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5667 % Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5668 \makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5669 \makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5670 \makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5671 \makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5672 \makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5673 \makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5674 \makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5675 \makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5676 \makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5677 \makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5678 \makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5679
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5680 % \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5681 % #1 is the category, such as "Function".
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5682 % #2 is the return type, if any.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5683 % #3 is the function name.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5684 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5685 % We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5686 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5687 \def\defname#1#2#3{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5688 % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5689 \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5690 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5691 % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5692 % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5693 % just below it.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5694 \def\temp{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5695 \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5696 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5697 % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5698 % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5699 % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5700 \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5701 % The continuations:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5702 \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5703 % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.)
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5704 \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5705 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5706 % Put the type name to the right margin.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5707 \noindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5708 \hbox to 0pt{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5709 \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5710 % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5711 \kern\leftskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5712 % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5713 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5714 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5715 % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5716 \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5717 \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5718 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5719 % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5720 % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5721 % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5722 % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5723 % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5724 % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5725 % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5726 % one has made identifiers using them :).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5727 \df \tt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5728 \def\temp{#2}% return value type
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5729 \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5730 #3% output function name
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5731 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5732 {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5733 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5734 \boldbrax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5735 % arguments will be output next, if any.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5736 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5737
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5738 % Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5739 % tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5740 % the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5741 % distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5742 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5743 \def\defunargs#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5744 % use sl by default (not ttsl),
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5745 % tt for the names.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5746 \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5747 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5748 % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5749 % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5750 \let\var=\ttslanted
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5751 #1%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5752 \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5753 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5754
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5755 % We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5756 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5757 \def\activeparens{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5758 \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5759 \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5760 \catcode`\&=\active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5761 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5762
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5763 % Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5764 \let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5765
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5766 % Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5767 % if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5768 % so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5769 {
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5770 \activeparens
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5771 \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5772 \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5773 \global\let& = \&
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5774
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5775 \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5776 \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5777 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5778
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5779 \newcount\parencount
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5780
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5781 % If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5782 \newif\ifampseen
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5783 \def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\&#1 }}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5784
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5785 \def\parenfont{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5786 \ifampseen
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5787 % At the first level, print parens in roman,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5788 % otherwise use the default font.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5789 \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5790 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5791 % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5792 % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] .
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5793 \sf
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5794 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5795 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5796 \def\infirstlevel#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5797 \ifampseen
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5798 \ifnum\parencount=1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5799 #1%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5800 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5801 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5802 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5803 \def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5804
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5805 \def\opnr{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5806 \global\advance\parencount by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5807 {\parenfont(}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5808 \infirstlevel \bfafterword
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5809 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5810 \def\clnr{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5811 {\parenfont)}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5812 \infirstlevel \sl
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5813 \global\advance\parencount by -1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5814 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5815
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5816 \newcount\brackcount
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5817 \def\lbrb{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5818 \global\advance\brackcount by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5819 {\bf[}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5820 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5821 \def\rbrb{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5822 {\bf]}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5823 \global\advance\brackcount by -1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5824 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5825
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5826 \def\checkparencounts{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5827 \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5828 \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5829 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5830 \def\badparencount{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5831 \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5832 \global\parencount=0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5833 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5834 \def\badbrackcount{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5835 \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5836 \global\brackcount=0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5837 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5838
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5839
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5840 \message{macros,}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5841 % @macro.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5842
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5843 % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5844 % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5845 \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5846 \newwrite\macscribble
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5847 \def\scantokens#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5848 \toks0={#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5849 \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5850 \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5851 \immediate\closeout\macscribble
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5852 \input \jobname.tmp
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5853 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5854 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5855
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5856 \def\scanmacro#1{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5857 \begingroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5858 \newlinechar`\^^M
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5859 \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5860 % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5861 % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5862 % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5863 % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5864 % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5865 \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5866 % ... and \example
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5867 \spaceisspace
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5868 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5869 % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5870 % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5871 % --kasal, 29nov03
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5872 \scantokens{#1\endinput}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5873 \endgroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5874 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5875
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5876 \def\scanexp#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5877 \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5878 \temp
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5879 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5880
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5881 \newcount\paramno % Count of parameters
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5882 \newtoks\macname % Macro name
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5883 \newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive?
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5884
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5885 % List of all defined macros in the form
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5886 % \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5887 % Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5888 % if there is a need.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5889 \def\macrolist{}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5890
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5891 % Add the macro to \macrolist
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5892 \def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5893 \def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5894 \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5895 \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5896 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5897
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5898 % Utility routines.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5899 % This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5900 % \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5901 % (except of course we have to play expansion games).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5902 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5903 \def\cslet#1#2{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5904 \expandafter\let
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5905 \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5906 \csname#2\endcsname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5907 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5908
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5909 % Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5910 % Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5911 {\catcode`\@=11
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5912 \gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5913 \gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5914 \gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5915 \def\unbrace#1{#1}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5916 \unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5917 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5918
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5919 % Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5920 {\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5921 \gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5922 \gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5923 \gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5924 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5925
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5926 % Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5927 % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5928 % (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5929
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5930 % It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5931 % done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5932 % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5933
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5934 \def\scanctxt{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5935 \catcode`\"=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5936 \catcode`\+=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5937 \catcode`\<=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5938 \catcode`\>=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5939 \catcode`\@=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5940 \catcode`\^=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5941 \catcode`\_=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5942 \catcode`\|=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5943 \catcode`\~=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5944 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5945
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5946 \def\scanargctxt{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5947 \scanctxt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5948 \catcode`\\=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5949 \catcode`\^^M=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5950 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5951
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5952 \def\macrobodyctxt{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5953 \scanctxt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5954 \catcode`\{=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5955 \catcode`\}=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5956 \catcode`\^^M=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5957 \usembodybackslash
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5958 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5959
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5960 \def\macroargctxt{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5961 \scanctxt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5962 \catcode`\\=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5963 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5964
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5965 % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5966 % It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5967 % where N is the macro parameter number.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5968 % We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5969 % \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5970
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5971 {\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5972 @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5973 @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5974 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5975 \expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5976
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5977 \def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5978 \def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5979
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5980 \def\macroxxx#1{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5981 \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5982 \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5983 \paramno=0%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5984 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5985 \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5986 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5987 \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5988 \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5989 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5990 \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
5991 \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5992 \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5993 \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
5994 \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5995 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5996 \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5997 \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5998 \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5999 \fi}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6000
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6001 \parseargdef\unmacro{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6002 \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6003 \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6004 \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6005 % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6006 \begingroup
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6007 \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6008 \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6009 \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6010 \endgroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6011 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6012 \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6013 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6014 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6015
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6016 % Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6017 % macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6018 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6019 \def\unmacrodo#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6020 \ifx #1\relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6021 % remove this
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6022 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6023 \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6024 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6025 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6026
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6027 % This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6028 % <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6029 % an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6030 \def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6031 \def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6032 \def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6033 \def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6034
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6035 % Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6036 % so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6037 % in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6038 % That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6039
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6040 % We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6041 % The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6042 % unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6043 % it to # just before using the token list produced.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6044 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6045 % The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6046 % the macro is used.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6047
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6048 \def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6049 \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6050 \def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6051 \if#1;\let\next=\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6052 \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6053 \advance\paramno by 1%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6054 \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6055 {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6056 \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6057 \fi\next}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6058
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6059 % These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6060 % (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6061
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6062 \long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6063 {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6064 \long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6065 {\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6066
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6067 % This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6068 % nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6069 % Much magic with \expandafter here.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6070 % \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6071 % they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6072 \def\defmacro{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6073 \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6074 \ifrecursive
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6075 \ifcase\paramno
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6076 % 0
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6077 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6078 \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6079 \or % 1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6080 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6081 \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6082 \noexpand\braceorline
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6083 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6084 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6085 \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6086 \else % many
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6087 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6088 \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6089 \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6090 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6091 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6092 \expandafter\expandafter
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6093 \expandafter\xdef
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6094 \expandafter\expandafter
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6095 \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6096 \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6097 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6098 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6099 \ifcase\paramno
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6100 % 0
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6101 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6102 \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6103 \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6104 \or % 1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6105 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6106 \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6107 \noexpand\braceorline
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6108 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6109 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6110 \egroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6111 \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6112 \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6113 \else % many
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6114 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6115 \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6116 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6117 \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6118 \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6119 \expandafter\expandafter
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6120 \expandafter\xdef
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6121 \expandafter\expandafter
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6122 \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6123 \paramlist{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6124 \egroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6125 \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6126 \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6127 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6128 \fi}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6129
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6130 \def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6131
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6132 % \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6133 % {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6134 % line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6135 % as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6136 \def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6137 \def\braceorlinexxx{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6138 \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6139 \expandafter\parsearg
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6140 \fi \macnamexxx}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6141
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6142
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6143 % @alias.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6144 % We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6145 % sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6146 \def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6147 \def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6148 \def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6149 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6150 \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6151 \addtomacrolist{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6152 \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6153 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6154 \next
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6155 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6156
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6157
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6158 \message{cross references,}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6159
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6160 \newwrite\auxfile
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6161
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6162 \newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6163 \newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6164
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6165 % @inforef is relatively simple.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6166 \def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6167 \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6168 node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6169
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6170 % @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6171 % cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6172 % might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6173 % @node foo , bar , ...
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6174 % We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6175 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6176 \parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6177 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6178 % also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6179 % @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6180 \def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6181 \def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6182
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6183 \let\nwnode=\node
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6184 \let\lastnode=\empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6185
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6186 % Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6187 % type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6188 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6189 \def\donoderef#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6190 \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6191 \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6192 \global\let\lastnode=\empty
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6193 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6194 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6195
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6196 % @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6197 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6198 \newcount\savesfregister
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6199 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6200 \def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6201 \def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6202 \def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6203
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6204 % \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6205 % anchor), which consists of three parts:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6206 % 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6207 % or the anchor name.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6208 % 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6209 % empty for anchors.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6210 % 3) NAME-pg - the page number.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6211 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6212 % This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6213 % floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6214 % 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6215 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6216 \def\setref#1#2{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6217 \pdfmkdest{#1}%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6218 \iflinks
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6219 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6220 \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6221 \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6222 \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6223 ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6224 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6225 \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6226 \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6227 \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6228 \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6229 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6230 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6231 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6232
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6233 % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6234 % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6235 % node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6236 % manual. All but the node name can be omitted.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6237 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6238 \def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6239 \def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6240 \def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6241 \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6242 \unsepspaces
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6243 \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6244 \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6245 \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6246 \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6247 \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6248 % No printed node name was explicitly given.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6249 \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6250 % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6251 \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6252 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6253 % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6254 % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6255 \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6256 % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6257 \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6258 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6259 \ifhavexrefs
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6260 % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6261 \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6262 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6263 % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6264 \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6265 \fi%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6266 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6267 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6268 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6269 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6270 % Make link in pdf output.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6271 \ifpdf
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6272 \leavevmode
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6273 \getfilename{#4}%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6274 {\turnoffactive
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6275 % See comments at \activebackslashdouble.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6276 {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6277 \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6278 %
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6279 \ifnum\filenamelength>0
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6280 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6281 goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6282 \else
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6283 \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6284 goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6285 \fi
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6286 }%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6287 \linkcolor
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6288 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6289 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6290 % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6291 % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6292 % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6293 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6294 % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6295 % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6296 \indexnofonts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6297 \turnoffactive
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6298 \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6299 \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6300 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6301 \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6302 % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6303 % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6304 \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6305 \refx{#1-snt}{}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6306 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6307 \printedrefname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6308 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6309 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6310 % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6311 % "in MANUALNAME".
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6312 \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6313 \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6314 \fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6315 \else
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6316 % node/anchor (non-float) references.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6317 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6318 % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6319 % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6320 % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6321 % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6322 % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6323 % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6324 \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6325 \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6326 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6327 % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6328 % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6329 % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6330 % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6331 % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6332 {\turnoffactive
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6333 % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6334 % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6335 \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6336 \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6337 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6338 % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6339 \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6340 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6341 % But we always want a comma and a space:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6342 ,\space
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6343 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6344 % output the `page 3'.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6345 \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6346 \fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6347 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6348 \endlink
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6349 \endgroup}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6350
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6351 % This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6352 % output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6353 % since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6354 % one that Bob is working on :).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6355 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6356 \def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6357
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6358 % Things referred to by \setref.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6359 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6360 \def\Ynothing{}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6361 \def\Yomitfromtoc{}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6362 \def\Ynumbered{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6363 \ifnum\secno=0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6364 \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6365 \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6366 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6367 \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6368 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6369 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6370 \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6371 \fi\fi\fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6372 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6373 \def\Yappendix{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6374 \ifnum\secno=0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6375 \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6376 \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6377 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6378 \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6379 \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6380 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6381 \putwordSection@tie
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6382 @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6383 \fi\fi\fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6384 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6385
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6386 % Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6387 % If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6388 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6389 \def\refx#1#2{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6390 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6391 \indexnofonts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6392 \otherbackslash
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6393 \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6394 \csname XR#1\endcsname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6395 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6396 \ifx\thisrefX\relax
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6397 % If not defined, say something at least.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6398 \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6399 \iflinks
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6400 \ifhavexrefs
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6401 \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6402 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6403 \ifwarnedxrefs\else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6404 \global\warnedxrefstrue
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6405 \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6406 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6407 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6408 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6409 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6410 % It's defined, so just use it.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6411 \thisrefX
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6412 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6413 #2% Output the suffix in any case.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6414 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6415
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6416 % This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6417 % just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6418 % collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6419 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6420 \def\xrdef#1#2{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6421 \expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6422 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6423 % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6424 \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6425 % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6426 \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6427 \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6428 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6429 % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6430 \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6431 \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6432 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6433 % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6434 \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6435 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6436 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6437 % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6438 % for later use in \listoffloats.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6439 \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6440 \fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6441 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6442
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6443 % Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6444 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6445 \def\tryauxfile{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6446 \openin 1 \jobname.aux
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6447 \ifeof 1 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6448 \readdatafile{aux}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6449 \global\havexrefstrue
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6450 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6451 \closein 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6452 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6453
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6454 \def\setupdatafile{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6455 \catcode`\^^@=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6456 \catcode`\^^A=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6457 \catcode`\^^B=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6458 \catcode`\^^C=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6459 \catcode`\^^D=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6460 \catcode`\^^E=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6461 \catcode`\^^F=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6462 \catcode`\^^G=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6463 \catcode`\^^H=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6464 \catcode`\^^K=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6465 \catcode`\^^L=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6466 \catcode`\^^N=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6467 \catcode`\^^P=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6468 \catcode`\^^Q=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6469 \catcode`\^^R=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6470 \catcode`\^^S=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6471 \catcode`\^^T=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6472 \catcode`\^^U=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6473 \catcode`\^^V=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6474 \catcode`\^^W=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6475 \catcode`\^^X=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6476 \catcode`\^^Z=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6477 \catcode`\^^[=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6478 \catcode`\^^\=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6479 \catcode`\^^]=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6480 \catcode`\^^^=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6481 \catcode`\^^_=\other
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6482 % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6483 % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6484 % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6485 % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6486 % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6487 % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6488 % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6489 % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6490 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6491 % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6492 % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6493 % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6494 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6495 \catcode`\^=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6496 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6497 % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but...
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6498 \catcode`\~=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6499 \catcode`\[=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6500 \catcode`\]=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6501 \catcode`\"=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6502 \catcode`\_=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6503 \catcode`\|=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6504 \catcode`\<=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6505 \catcode`\>=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6506 \catcode`\$=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6507 \catcode`\#=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6508 \catcode`\&=\other
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6509 \catcode`\%=\other
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6510 \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6511 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6512 % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6513 % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6514 % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6515 % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6516 % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6517 % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6518 % now. --karl, 15jan04.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6519 \catcode`\\=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6520 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6521 % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6522 {%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6523 \count1=128
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6524 \def\loop{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6525 \catcode\count1=\other
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6526 \advance\count1 by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6527 \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6528 }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6529 }%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6530 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6531 % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6532 \catcode`\{=1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6533 \catcode`\}=2
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6534 \catcode`\@=0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6535 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6536
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6537 \def\readdatafile#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6538 \begingroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6539 \setupdatafile
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6540 \input\jobname.#1
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6541 \endgroup}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6542
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6543 \message{insertions,}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6544 % including footnotes.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6545
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6546 \newcount \footnoteno
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6547
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6548 % The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6549 % vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6550 % pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6551 % removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6552 % space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6553 \def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6554
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6555 % @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6556 \let\footnotestyle=\comment
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6557
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6558 {\catcode `\@=11
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6559 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6560 % Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6561 \gdef\footnote{%
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6562 \let\indent=\ptexindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6563 \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6564 \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6565 \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6566 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6567 % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6568 % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6569 \let\@sf\empty
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6570 \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6571 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6572 % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6573 \unskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6574 \thisfootno\@sf
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6575 \dofootnote
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6576 }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6577
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6578 % Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6579 % footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6580 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6581 % Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6582 % \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6583 % the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6584 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6585 \gdef\dofootnote{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6586 \insert\footins\bgroup
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6587 % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6588 % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6589 % So reset some parameters.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6590 \hsize=\pagewidth
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6591 \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6592 \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6593 \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6594 \floatingpenalty\@MM
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6595 \leftskip\z@skip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6596 \rightskip\z@skip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6597 \spaceskip\z@skip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6598 \xspaceskip\z@skip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6599 \parindent\defaultparindent
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6600 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6601 \smallfonts \rm
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6602 %
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6603 % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6604 % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6605 % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6606 % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6607 \let\noindent = \relax
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6608 %
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6609 % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6610 % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6611 \everypar = {\hang}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6612 \textindent{\thisfootno}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6613 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6614 % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6615 % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6616 % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6617 \footstrut
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6618 \futurelet\next\fo@t
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6619 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6620 }%end \catcode `\@=11
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6621
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6622 % In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6623 % the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6624 % would be lost.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6625 % Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6626 % text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6627 % And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6628
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6629 % Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6630 % Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6631 % out prematurely.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6632 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6633 \def\startsavinginserts{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6634 \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6635 \let\insert\saveinsert
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6636 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6637 \let\checkinserts\relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6638 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6639 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6640
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6641 % This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6642 % \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6643 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6644 \def\saveinsert#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6645 \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6646 \afterassignment\next
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6647 % swallow the left brace
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6648 \let\temp =
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6649 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6650 \def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6651 \def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6652
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6653 \def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6654
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6655 \def\placesaveins#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6656 \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6657 {\box#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6658 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6659
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6660 % eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6661 {
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6662 \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-)
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6663 \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6664 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6665
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6666 % initialization:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6667 \def\newsaveins #1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6668 \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6669 \next
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6670 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6671 \def\newsaveinsX #1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6672 \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6673 \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6674 \checksaveins #1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6675 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6676
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6677 % initialize:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6678 \let\checkinserts\empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6679 \newsaveins\footins
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6680 \newsaveins\margin
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6681
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6682
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6683 % @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6684 % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6685 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6686 % Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6687 % time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6688 % undone and the next image would fail.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6689 \openin 1 = epsf.tex
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6690 \ifeof 1 \else
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6691 % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6692 % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6693 \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6694 \input epsf.tex
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6695 \fi
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6696 \closein 1
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6697 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6698 % We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6699 \newif\ifwarnednoepsf
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6700 \newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6701 work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6702 it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6703 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6704 \def\image#1{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6705 \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6706 \ifwarnednoepsf \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6707 \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6708 \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6709 \global\warnednoepsftrue
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6710 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6711 \else
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6712 \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6713 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6714 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6715 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6716 % Arguments to @image:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6717 % #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6718 % #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6719 % #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6720 % #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6721 % #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6722 \newif\ifimagevmode
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6723 \def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6724 \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6725 \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6726 % If the image is by itself, center it.
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6727 \ifvmode
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6728 \imagevmodetrue
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6729 \nobreak\bigskip
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6730 % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6731 % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
6732 % above and below.
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6733 \nobreak\vskip\parskip
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6734 \nobreak
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6735 \line\bgroup
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6736 \fi
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6737 %
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6738 % Output the image.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6739 \ifpdf
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6740 \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6741 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6742 % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6743 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6744 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6745 \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6746 \fi
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6747 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6748 \ifimagevmode \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
6749 \endgroup}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6750
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6751
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6752 % @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6753 % etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6754 % float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6755 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6756 \envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6757
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6758 % There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6759 \def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6760
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6761 % #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6762 % "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6763 % this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6764 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6765 % #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6766 % be referable.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6767 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6768 % #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6769 % will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6770 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6771 % We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6772 % chapter-level command.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6773 \let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6774 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6775 \def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6776 \let\thiscaption=\empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6777 \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6778 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6779 % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6780 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6781 % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6782 % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6783 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6784 \startsavinginserts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6785 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6786 % We can't be used inside a paragraph.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6787 \par
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6788 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6789 \vtop\bgroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6790 \def\floattype{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6791 \def\floatlabel{#2}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6792 \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6793 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6794 \ifx\floattype\empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6795 \let\safefloattype=\empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6796 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6797 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6798 % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6799 % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6800 \indexnofonts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6801 \turnoffactive
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6802 \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6803 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6804 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6805 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6806 % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6807 \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6808 % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6809 % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.)
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6810 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6811 \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6812 \global\advance\floatno by 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6813 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6814 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6815 % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6816 % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6817 % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6818 % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6819 % lists of floats.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6820 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6821 \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6822 \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6823 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6824 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6825 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6826 % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6827 \vskip\parskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6828 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6829 % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6830 \restorefirstparagraphindent
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6831 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6832
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6833 % we have these possibilities:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6834 % @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6835 % @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6836 % @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6837 % @float Foo & no caption: Foo
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6838 % @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6839 % @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6840 % @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6841 % @float & no caption:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6842 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6843 \def\Efloat{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6844 \let\floatident = \empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6845 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6846 % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6847 \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6848 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6849 % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6850 \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6851 \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6852 \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6853 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6854 % the number.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6855 \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6856 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6857 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6858 % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6859 % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6860 \let\captionline = \floatident
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6861 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6862 \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6863 \ifx\floatident\empty \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6864 \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6865 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6866 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6867 % caption text.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6868 \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6869 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6870 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6871 % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6872 % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6873 \ifx\captionline\empty \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6874 \vskip.5\parskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6875 \captionline
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6876 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6877 % Space below caption.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6878 \vskip\parskip
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6879 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6880 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6881 % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6882 % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6883 \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6884 % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6885 % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6886 % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6887 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6888 \atdummies
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6889 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6890 % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6891 % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6892 % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6893 \scanexp{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6894 \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6895 \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6896 \thiscaption
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6897 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6898 \thisshortcaption
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6899 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6900 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6901 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6902 \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6903 \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6904 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6905 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6906 \egroup % end of \vtop
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6907 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6908 % place the captured inserts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6909 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6910 % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6911 % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6912 % float. --kasal, 26may04
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6913 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6914 \checkinserts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6915 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6916
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6917 % Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6918 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6919 \def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6920 \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6921 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6922
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6923 % @caption, @shortcaption
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6924 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6925 \def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6926 \def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6927 \def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6928 \def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6929
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6930 % The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6931 % going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6932 \def\getfloatno#1{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6933 \ifx#1\relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6934 % Haven't seen this figure type before.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6935 \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6936 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6937 % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6938 \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6939 \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6940 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6941 \let\floatno#1%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6942 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6943
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6944 % \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6945 % to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6946 % first read the @float command.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6947 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6948 \def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6949
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6950 % Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6951 % distinguish floats from other xref types.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6952 \def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6953
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6954 % #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6955 % which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6956 % \thissection value which we \setref above.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6957 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6958 \def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6959 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6960 % #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6961 % (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6962 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6963 \def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6964 \def\temp{#1}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6965 \def\iffloattype{#2}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6966 \ifx\temp\floatmagic
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6967 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6968
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6969 % @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6970 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6971 \parseargdef\listoffloats{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6972 \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6973 {%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6974 % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6975 % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6976 \indexnofonts
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6977 \turnoffactive
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6978 \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6979 }%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6980 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6981 % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6982 \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6983 \ifhavexrefs
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6984 % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6985 \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6986 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6987 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6988 \begingroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6989 \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6990 \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6991 \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6992 \endgroup
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6993 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6994 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6995
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6996 % This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6997 % xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6998 % aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
6999 % has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7000 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7001 % Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7002 % they won't appear in the aux file).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7003 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7004 \def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7005 \def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7006 % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7007 % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7008 % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7009 % in pdf output.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7010 \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7011 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7012 % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7013 \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7014 \writeentry
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7015 }}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7016
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7017 \message{localization,}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7018 % and i18n.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7019
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7020 % @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7021 % @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7022 % properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7023 % It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7024 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7025 \parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7026 \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7027 % Read the file if it exists.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7028 \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7029 \ifeof 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7030 \errhelp = \nolanghelp
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7031 \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7032 \else
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7033 \input txi-#1.tex
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7034 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7035 \closein 1
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7036 \endgroup
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7037 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7038 \newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7039 is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7040 should work if nowhere else does.}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7041
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7042
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7043 % @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7044 % likely, but for now just recognize it.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7045 \let\documentencoding = \comment
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7046
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7047
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7048 % Page size parameters.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7049 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7050 \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7051
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7052 \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7053 \secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7054 \subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7055
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7056 % Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7057 \vbadness = 10000
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7058
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7059 % Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7060 \hbadness = 2000
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7061
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7062 % Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7063 \widowpenalty=10000
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7064 \clubpenalty=10000
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7065
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7066 % Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7067 % using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7068 % stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7069 % \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7070 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7071 \def\setemergencystretch{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7072 \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7073 % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7074 \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7075 \else
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7076 \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7077 \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7078 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7079
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7080 % Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7081 % 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7082 % 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7083 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7084 % We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7085 % \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7086 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7087 \def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7088 \voffset = #3\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7089 \topskip = #6\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7090 \splittopskip = \topskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7091 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7092 \vsize = #1\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7093 \advance\vsize by \topskip
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7094 \outervsize = \vsize
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7095 \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7096 \pageheight = \vsize
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7097 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7098 \hsize = #2\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7099 \outerhsize = \hsize
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7100 \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7101 \pagewidth = \hsize
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7102 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7103 \normaloffset = #4\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7104 \bindingoffset = #5\relax
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7105 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7106 \ifpdf
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7107 \pdfpageheight #7\relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7108 \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7109 \fi
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7110 %
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
7111 \setleading{\textleading}
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
7112 %
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7113 \parindent = \defaultparindent
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7114 \setemergencystretch
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7115 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7116
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7117 % @letterpaper (the default).
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7118 \def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7119 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
7120 \textleading = 13.2pt
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7121 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7122 % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7123 \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7124 {\voffset}{.25in}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7125 {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7126 {11in}{8.5in}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7127 }}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7128
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7129 % Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7130 \def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7131 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
7132 \textleading = 12pt
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7133 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7134 \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7135 {\voffset}{.25in}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7136 {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7137 {9.25in}{7in}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7138 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7139 \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7140 \tolerance = 700
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7141 \hfuzz = 1pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7142 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7143 \defbodyindent = .5cm
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7144 }}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7145
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7146 % Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7147 % (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7148 \def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7149 \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7150 \textleading = 12pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7151 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7152 \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7153 {-.2in}{-.4in}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7154 {0pt}{14pt}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7155 {9in}{6in}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7156 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7157 \lispnarrowing = 0.25in
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7158 \tolerance = 700
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7159 \hfuzz = 1pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7160 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7161 \defbodyindent = .4cm
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7162 }}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7163
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7164 % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7165 \def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7166 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7167 \textleading = 13.2pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7168 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7169 % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7170 % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7171 % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7172 % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7173 % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7174 % your texinfo source file like this:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7175 % @tex
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7176 % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7177 % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7178 % @end tex
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7179 \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7180 {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7181 {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7182 {297mm}{210mm}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7183 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7184 \tolerance = 700
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7185 \hfuzz = 1pt
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7186 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7187 \defbodyindent = 5mm
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7188 }}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7189
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7190 % Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7191 % From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7192 % He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7193 \def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7194 \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
7195 \textleading = 12.5pt
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7196 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7197 \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7198 {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7199 {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7200 {210mm}{148mm}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7201 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7202 \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7203 \tolerance = 800
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7204 \hfuzz = 1.2pt
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7205 \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7206 \defbodyindent = 2mm
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7207 \tableindent = 12mm
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7208 }}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7209
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7210 % A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7211 \def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7212 \afourpaper
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7213 \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7214 {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7215 {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7216 {297mm}{210mm}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7217 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7218 % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7219 \globaldefs = 0
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7220 }}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7221
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7222 % Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7223 \def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7224 \afourpaper
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7225 \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7226 {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7227 {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7228 {297mm}{210mm}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7229 \globaldefs = 0
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7230 }}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7231
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7232 % @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7233 % Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7234 % and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7235 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7236 \parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7237 \def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7238 \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7239 \globaldefs = 1
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7240 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7241 \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
7242 \setleading{\textleading}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7243 %
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7244 \dimen0 = #1
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7245 \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7246 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7247 \dimen2 = \hsize
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7248 \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7249 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7250 \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7251 {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7252 {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7253 {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7254 }}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7255
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7256 % Set default to letter.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7257 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7258 \letterpaper
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7259
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7260
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7261 \message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7262
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7263 % Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7264 \catcode`\"=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7265 \catcode`\~=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7266 \catcode`\^=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7267 \catcode`\_=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7268 \catcode`\|=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7269 \catcode`\<=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7270 \catcode`\>=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7271 \catcode`\+=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7272 \catcode`\$=\other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7273 \def\normaldoublequote{"}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7274 \def\normaltilde{~}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7275 \def\normalcaret{^}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7276 \def\normalunderscore{_}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7277 \def\normalverticalbar{|}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7278 \def\normalless{<}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7279 \def\normalgreater{>}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7280 \def\normalplus{+}
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
7281 \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7282
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7283 % This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7284 % (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7285 % where something hairier probably needs to be done.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7286 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7287 % #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7288 % otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7289 % interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7290 % typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7291 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7292 \def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7293
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7294 % Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7295 % non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7296 % italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7297 % this is not a problem.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7298 \def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7299
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7300 % Turn off all special characters except @
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7301 % (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7302 % Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7303 % use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7304
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7305 \catcode`\"=\active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7306 \def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7307 \let"=\activedoublequote
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7308 \catcode`\~=\active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7309 \def~{{\tt\char126}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7310 \chardef\hat=`\^
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7311 \catcode`\^=\active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7312 \def^{{\tt \hat}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7313
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7314 \catcode`\_=\active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7315 \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7316 \let\realunder=_
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7317 % Subroutine for the previous macro.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7318 \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7319
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7320 \catcode`\|=\active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7321 \def|{{\tt\char124}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7322 \chardef \less=`\<
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7323 \catcode`\<=\active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7324 \def<{{\tt \less}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7325 \chardef \gtr=`\>
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7326 \catcode`\>=\active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7327 \def>{{\tt \gtr}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7328 \catcode`\+=\active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7329 \def+{{\tt \char 43}}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7330 \catcode`\$=\active
47284
efec044efb3a Updated to texinfo 4.2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 37713
diff changeset
7331 \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7332
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7333 % If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7334 % name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7335 % So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7336 % \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7337 \def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7338
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7339 % Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7340 % parsing them.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7341 \def\turnoffactive{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7342 \normalturnoffactive
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7343 \otherbackslash
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7344 }
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7345
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7346 \catcode`\@=0
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7347
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7348 % \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7349 % as in \char`\\.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7350 \global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7351 \global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7352
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7353 % \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7354 % \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7355 {\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7356
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7357 % In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7358 % in fixed width font.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7359 \catcode`\\=\active
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7360 @def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7361 % On startup, @fixbackslash assigns:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7362 % @let \ = @normalbackslash
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7363
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7364 % \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7365 % \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7366 % catcode other.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7367 @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7368 @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7369
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7370 % Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7371 % the literal character `\'.
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7372 %
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7373 @def@normalturnoffactive{%
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7374 @let\=@normalbackslash
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7375 @let"=@normaldoublequote
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7376 @let~=@normaltilde
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7377 @let^=@normalcaret
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7378 @let_=@normalunderscore
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7379 @let|=@normalverticalbar
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7380 @let<=@normalless
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7381 @let>=@normalgreater
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7382 @let+=@normalplus
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7383 @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7384 @unsepspaces
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7385 }
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7386
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7387 % Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7388 % This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7389 @otherifyactive
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7390
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7391 % If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7392 % That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7393 % a backslash.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7394 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7395 @gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7396 @global@let\ = @eatinput
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7397
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7398 % On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7399 % the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7400 % that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7401 % Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7402 % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7403 %
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7404 @gdef@fixbackslash{%
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7405 @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7406 @catcode`+=@active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7407 @catcode`@_=@active
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7408 }
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7409
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7410 % Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7411 @escapechar = `@@
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7412
49600
23a1cea22d13 Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents: 47284
diff changeset
7413 % These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
37713
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7414 @catcode`@& = @other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7415 @catcode`@# = @other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7416 @catcode`@% = @other
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7417
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7418
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7419 @c Local variables:
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7420 @c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7421 @c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7422 @c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7423 @c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7424 @c time-stamp-end: "}"
d740bf4f6714 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7425 @c End:
52401
695cf19ef79e Add arch taglines
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 49600
diff changeset
7426
69769
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7427 @c vim:sw=2:
c393ff423703 update to current texinfo.tex
Karl Berry <karl@gnu.org>
parents: 68639
diff changeset
7428
52790
a93f1f4e2e49 Replace `%' in arch tagline by @ignore.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
7429 @ignore
a93f1f4e2e49 Replace `%' in arch tagline by @ignore.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
7430 arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
a93f1f4e2e49 Replace `%' in arch tagline by @ignore.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents: 52401
diff changeset
7431 @end ignore